Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Construction Materials / Building Materials Holding Corporation

Building Materials Holding Corporation

bmch · NASDAQ Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker bmch
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Construction Materials
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Building Materials Holding Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
_____________________________ 
Form 10-K 
x  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 
OR 
o  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from ___ to ___ 
Commission file number 001-36050 
Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 

(State or other jurisdiction 
of incorporation or organization) 

26-4687975 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

8020 Arco Corporate Drive, Suite 400 
Raleigh, North Carolina 27617 
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code) 

(919) 431-1000 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share 
(Title of each class) 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
(Name of exchange on which registered) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes o No x 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  

Yes o No x 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 

Yes x No o 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data 
File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that 
the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).        Yes x No o 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller  reporting 
company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 
Act. 
Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

o 

o 

Non-accelerated filer 

x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Smaller reporting company 

o 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes   o No   x 

As  of  June  30,  2013,  the  last  business  day  of  the  registrant's  most  recently  completed  second  fiscal  quarter,  there  was  no  established  public 
trading market for the Registrant's equity securities. 

The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at February 28, 2014 was 26,112,007 shares. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 
Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. Such proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 
120 days of the Registrant's fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. 

3 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCK BUILDING SUPPLY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
Table of Contents to Form 10-K 

Item 1. 

PART 1 
Business 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2. 

Item 3. 

Item 4. 

Item 5 

Item 6. 

Item 7. 

Properties 

Legal Proceedings 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART II 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchase 
of Equity Securities 

Selected Financial Data 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8. 

Item 9. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants and Financial Disclosures 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B. 

Other Information 

PART III 

Item 10. 

Item 11. 

Item 12. 

Item 13. 

Item 14. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Executive Compensation 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholder Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

PART IV 

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Signatures 

Page 

6 

12 

25 

26 

27 

27 

28 

29 

32 

48 

49 

79 

79 

79 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

81 

84 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cautionary Statement with Respect to Forward-Looking Statements 

Some of the statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking 
statements  relate  to  expectations,  beliefs,  projections,  future  plans  and  strategies,  anticipated  events  or  trends  and  similar 
expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts or present facts or conditions. In many cases, you can identify forward-
looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” 
“potential” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. 

The  forward-looking  statements  reflect  our  views  about  future  events  and  are  subject  to  risks,  uncertainties,  assumptions  and 
changes in circumstances that may cause events or our actual activities or results to differ significantly from those expressed in any 
forward-looking statement. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, 
we cannot guarantee future events, results, actions, levels of activity, performance or achievements. A number of important factors 
could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  indicated  by  the  forward-looking  statements.    These  factors  include 
without limitation: 

the state of the homebuilding industry and repair and remodeling activity, the economy and the credit markets; 
seasonality and cyclicality of the building products supply and services industry; 
competitive industry pressures and competitive pricing pressure from our customers and competitors; 
inflation or deflation of prices of our products; 

•  
•  
•  
•  
•   our exposure to product liability, warranty, casualty, construction defect, contract, tort and other claims and legal 

proceedings; 

•   our ability to maintain profitability; 
•  
•   our ability to retain our key employees and to attract and retain new qualified employees, while controlling our labor 

failure of the residential renovation and improvement activities to return to historic levels; 

costs; 

•   product shortages, loss of key suppliers or failure to develop relationships with qualified suppliers, and our dependence 

the credit risk from our customers; 

on third-party suppliers and manufacturers; 
the implementation of our supply chain and technology initiatives; 
the impact of long-term non-cancelable leases at our facilities; 

•  
•  
•   our concentration of business in the Texas, North Carolina, Utah, California and Georgia markets; 
•   our ability to effectively manage inventory and working capital; 
•  
•   our ability to identify or respond effectively to consumer needs, expectations or trends; 
•  
•  
•   our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms; 
•  
•   disruptions in our information technology ("IT") systems; 
•   natural or man-made disruptions to our distribution and manufacturing facilities; 
•   our exposure to environmental liabilities and subjection to environmental laws and regulation; and 
•  

the impact of federal, state, local and other laws and regulations; 
the potential loss of significant customers; 

the various financial covenants in our secured credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement"); 

cybersecurity risks. 

Certain of these and other factors are discussed in more detail in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 
The  forward-looking  statements  included  herein  are  made  only  as  of  the  date  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  we 
undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  review  any  forward-looking  statement  made  by  us  or  on  our  behalf,  whether  as  a 
result of new information, future developments, subsequent events or circumstances or otherwise. 

5 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Item 1.  Business 

Overview 

PART I 

Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company," "we," "us" and "our") is a large, diversified lumber and 
building materials ("LBM") distributor and solutions provider that sells to new construction and repair and remodeling contractors. 
We carry a broad line of products and have operations throughout the United States. Our primary products are lumber & lumber 
sheet goods, millwork, doors, flooring, windows, structural components such as engineered wood products ("EWP"), trusses and 
wall  panels  and  other  exterior  products.  Additionally,  we  provide  solution-based  services  to  our  customers,  including  design, 
product  specification  and  installation  management  services.  We  serve  a  broad  customer  base,  including  large-scale  production 
homebuilders,  custom  homebuilders  and  repair  and  remodeling  contractors.  We  offer  approximately  39,000  stock  keeping  units 
("SKUs"), as well as a broad range of customized products, all sourced through our strategic network of suppliers, which together 
with our various solution-based services, represent approximately 50% of the construction cost of a typical new home. By enabling 
our customers to source a significant portion of their materials and services from one supplier, we have positioned ourselves as the 
supply partner of choice for many of our customers. 

We have operations in 14 states that accounted for approximately 56% of 2013 U.S. single-family housing permits according to 
the U.S. Census Bureau. Our primary operating regions include the South and West regions of the United States (as defined by the 
U.S.  Census  Bureau),  with  a  significant  portion  of  our  net  sales  derived  from  markets  within  Texas,  North  Carolina,  Utah, 
California  and  Georgia.  We  serve  our  customers  from  69  locations,  which  include  48  distribution  and  retail  operations,  20 
millwork fabrication operations, 14 structural components fabrication operations and 15 flooring operations. Given the local nature 
of  our  business,  we  locate  our  facilities  in  close  proximity  to  our  key  customers  and  often  co-locate  multiple  operations  in  one 
facility to increase customer service and efficiency. 

Our Industry 

The  LBM  distribution  industry  in  the  United  States  is  highly  fragmented,  with  a  number  of  retailers  and  distributors  offering  a 
broad  range  of  products  and  services.  Demand  for  our  products  is  principally  influenced  by  new  residential  construction  and 
residential  repair  and  remodeling  activity.  From  2005  to  2011,  single-family  housing  starts  in  the  United  States  declined  by 
approximately  75%.  According  to  the  U.S.  Census  Bureau,  single-family  housing  starts  in  2011  were  0.43 million,  which  was 
significantly less than the 50-year average rate of approximately 1.0 million units per year. Following several challenging years, 
single-family housing starts increased in 2013 and 2012 to 0.62 million and 0.54 million, respectively, and, as a result, demand for 
the  products  we  distribute  and  for  our  services  has  also  increased.  We  believe  that  there  is  considerable  growth  potential  in  the 
U.S.  housing  sector.  As  of  December  2013,  McGraw-Hill  Construction  forecasts  that  U.S.  single-family  housing  starts  will 
increase to 1.0 million in 2015. Additionally, the S&P / Case-Shiller Index, a leading measure of pricing for the U.S. residential 
housing market, has increased on a year-over-year basis for 19 straight months as of December 2013 and is at its highest levels 
since July 2008. 

The  products  we  distribute  are  also  used  in  professional  remodeling  and  home  improvement  projects.  According  to  the  U.S. 
Census  Bureau,  the  value  of  private  residential  improvement  construction  put  in  place  in  2013  was  $129.9  billion,  which 
represented an increase from the value put in place of $126.0 billion in 2012 and $120.9 billion in 2011, but remained below the 
value put in place of $144.9 billion in 2006. Several factors, including the overall age of the U.S. housing stock, heightened focus 
on energy efficiency, rising home prices and availability of consumer capital at historically low interest rates, are expected to drive 
long-term growth in repair and remodeling expenditures. As of March 2014, the Home Improvement Research Institute ("HIRI") 
estimated  U.S.  sales  of    home  maintenance,  repair  and  improvement  products  to  the  professional  market  will  grow  at  a  rate  of 
6.8% in 2014 and 6.0% in 2015. 

Our Strategy 

We intend to capitalize on our strong market position in LBM distribution to increase revenues and profits and maximize operating 
cash flow as the U.S. housing market recovers. We seek to achieve this by executing on the following strategies: 

Expand our business with existing customers by offering additional value 
We plan to continue to grow our net sales by increasing our share of our existing customers’ business. By growing our scale and 
expanding the products and services we offer in each of our local markets, we believe that we can continue to enhance the value 
offering  for,  and  relationships  with,  our  existing  customers  and  grow  our  revenues  and  profitability.  Several  of  our  existing 
facilities provide only a portion of the value-added solutions our customers need to optimize their construction projects. Products 
and services we intend to expand organically include millwork and structural components manufacturing, enhanced specification 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and  design  services,  and  additional  "LEAN"  eBusiness  solutions  to  improve  customer  service,  reduce  waste  and  improve 
productivity. By continuing to invest systematically in our core LBM capabilities and in technologies that streamline our processes 
and improve customer service, we believe we can provide a broader range of products and services at each of our locations and 
that more customers will look to us as the key solution provider for their building needs. 

Expand in existing, adjacent and new geographies 
We plan to expand our business through organic and acquisitive means in order to take advantage of our national supply chain and 
broad LBM capabilities. We intend to expand our reach and service capabilities in our current metropolitan areas by opening new 
locations, relocating facilities as needed and increasing capacity at existing facilities. In addition, while we have operations in 14 
states  that  accounted  for  approximately  56%  of  2013  U.S.  single-family  housing  permits,  our  markets  within  those  states 
accounted for less than half of those permits according to the U.S. Census Bureau, providing significant opportunity for growth 
into  markets  adjacent  to  our  current  markets  within  these  states.  Growth  opportunities  also  exist  through  increasing  net sales  to 
remodeling contractors. Our 2013 net sales to repair and remodeling contractors were $201.1 million, which represented less than 
1%  of  2013  U.S.  sales  of  home  maintenance,  repair  and  improvement  products  to  the  professional  market  of  $78.9  billion,  as 
reported  by  HIRI.  We  believe  that  our  scale,  integrated  supply  chain,  product  knowledge,  eBusiness  solutions  and  professional 
customer service will enable us to grow significantly as we expand in our existing markets and in markets adjacent to our existing 
markets within the states where we currently operate, as well as into additional states as market and competitive conditions support 
further growth. We believe that our balance sheet and liquidity position will support our growth strategy. 

Deliver leading customer service, productivity and operational excellence as our business grows  
We  strive  for  continued  operational  excellence.  We  have  implemented  a  talent  training  and  development  program  focused  on 
specific skills training, business development and LEAN initiatives. Using these skills, our branch managers, regional management 
and  senior  leadership  team  continually  examine  customer  service,  operating  and  financial  metrics  and  use  this  information  to 
optimize regional and local strategies to increase customer service and operating expense productivity. Our management team has 
also  implemented,  and  will  continue  to  pursue,  LEAN  business  practices  to  increase  productivity.  Implementation  of  these 
strategies has contributed to a reduction in our selling, general and administrative expense as a percent of net sales from 28.0% in 
2011  to  21.3%  in  2013.  We  believe  that  the  customer  service  and  productivity  gains  we  realized  from  these  initiatives  will 
continue as they are implemented more broadly across our organization. 

Our Enterprise Resource Planning ("ERP") system has been implemented across all our branches, and our proprietary eBusiness 
system, which includes Stock Logistics Solutions, will provide the platform for continued service improvements. In addition, we 
are continuing to implement our Stock Installation Solutions system in 2014, which is designed to track the timing and completion 
of installation work and will provide further enhancements to our customer service. We will continue to leverage operational best 
practices  and  optimize  our  supplier  network  in  order  to  improve  efficiency  and  profitability.  We  believe  that  there  is  an 
opportunity  for  further  margin  improvement  as  we  expand  our  business  and  continue  to  implement  LEAN  initiatives  and 
technology solutions that bring value to our customers. 

Selectively pursue strategic acquisitions 
Our  industry  remains  highly  fragmented.  We  believe  small  and  larger  acquisition  opportunities  will  offer  attractive  growth 
characteristics  and  favorable  synergy  potential.  We  intend  to  focus  on  using  our  operating  platform  and  proven  integration 
capabilities  to  pursue  additional  acquisition  opportunities  while  minimizing  execution  risk.  We  will  focus  on  investments  in 
markets  adjacent  to  our  existing  operations  or  acquisitions  that  enhance  our  presence  and  capabilities  in  our  21  existing 
metropolitan areas. Additionally, we will consider acquiring operations or companies to enter new geographic regions. We believe 
our capital structure positions us to acquire businesses we find strategically attractive.  

Our Customers 

We serve a broad customer base that is a balanced mix of large-scale production homebuilders, custom homebuilders and repair 
and  remodeling  contractors.  We  believe  we  have  a  diverse  geographic  footprint  as  we  serve  21  metropolitan  areas  in  14 states. 
Approximately 56% of U.S. housing permits in 2013 were issued in states in which we operate. We believe the 21 metropolitan 
areas we serve are in states that have attractive potential for economic growth based on population migration trends and above-
average employment growth. 

Our customer base is also highly diversified. As an example, for the year ended December 31, 2013, we had approximately 12,000 
buying accounts and our largest 100 customers accounted for approximately 48% of our 2013 net sales, with no single customer 
accounting for more than 6% of our 2013 net sales. 

Our largest customers are comprised primarily of the large production homebuilders, including publicly traded companies such as 
D.R. Horton, Inc., Hovnanian Enterprises, Inc., Lennar Corporation, PulteGroup, Inc., and Weyerhaeuser Real Estate Company (a 
subsidiary  of  Weyerhaeuser  Company). In  addition  to  these  large  production  homebuilders,  we  also  service  and  supply  regional 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and local custom homebuilders. Many of our homebuilder customers require and value significantly higher levels of support from 
our employees and utilize many of the service and product offerings we provide. Our capabilities allow us also to serve residential 
remodeling  contractors,  multi-family  and  light  commercial  contractors  in  each  of  our  markets,  which  diversifies  our  customer 
base. Our sales and service professionals must work very closely with our customers on a day-to-day basis in order to help them 
scope, specify, bid, construct and complete their projects in a timely and successful manner. These customers have valued and, we 
believe, will continue to value and utilize the offerings we provide the U.S. residential and light-commercial construction industry. 

Our Products and Services 

We provide a wide variety of building products and services directly to homebuilder and professional contractor customers. We 
have a comprehensive offering of approximately 39,000 SKUs, as well as a broad range of customized products,  that are available 
through our distribution locations and, in many instances, delivered to the job site. We manufacture floor trusses, roof trusses, wall 
panels, stairs, specialty millwork, windows and doors. We also provide an extensive range of installation services and special order 
products. We believe our broad product and service offerings, combined with our scale and experienced sales force, position our 
Company to grow significantly as the U.S. housing market recovers. 

We  group  our  building  products  and  services  into  five  product  categories:  structural  components,  millwork &  other  interior 
products, lumber & lumber sheet goods, windows & other exterior products, and other building products & services. For the year 
ended December 31, 2013, our combined sales of structural components, millwork & other interior products, and windows & other 
exterior  products  represented  52%  of  net  sales.  Each  of  these  categories  includes  both  manufactured  and  distributed  products. 
Products  in  these  categories  typically  carry  a  higher  margin  and  provide  us  with  opportunities  to  cross-sell  other  products  and 
services, thereby increasing sales to each customer. Sales by product category for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 
2011 can be found under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—
Operating results—2013 compared to 2012—Net sales” and “—2012 compared to 2011—Net sales.” 

Structural  components    Structural  components  are  factory-built  substitutes  for  job-site  framing  and  include  floor  trusses,  roof 
trusses,  wall  panels,  and  engineered  wood  that  in  many  cases  we  design  and  cut  for  each  home.  Our  manufactured  structural 
components allow builders to build higher quality homes more efficiently. Roof trusses, floor trusses and wall panels are built in a 
factory controlled environment. Engineered floors and beams are cut to the required size and packaged for the given application at 
many  of  our  locations.  Without  structural  components,  builders  construct  these  items  on  site,  where  weather  and  variable  labor 
quality can negatively impact construction cost, quality and installation time. 

In addition to increased efficiency and improved quality, a primary benefit of using structural components is shortening cycle time 
from start to completion, eliminating job-site waste and clutter and minimizing the amount of skilled labor that must be sourced for 
a job site. As the housing market recovers, we believe these factors will increase demand for structural components relative to total 
housing starts and provide opportunities for incremental revenue and gross profit growth. 

Millwork & other interior products    The millwork & other interior products category includes interior doors, interior trim, custom 
millwork, moldings, stairs and stair parts, flooring, cabinets, gypsum and other products that are used primarily inside the structure 
of the home. We pre-hang interior doors in many of our markets, which consists of attaching hinges and door jambs to a door slab, 
thereby reducing on-site installation time and providing a higher quality finished door unit than those constructed on site. We also 
sell and install flooring products, primarily as a subcontractor for the professional homebuilder, through our Coleman Floor and 
several  other  Company  locations.  These  and  other  interior  products  typically  require  a  higher  degree  of  product  knowledge  and 
training to sell. As we continue to emphasize higher value-added product lines, we expect the millwork & other interior products 
category to contribute increasingly to our overall sales and profitability. 

Lumber &  lumber sheet goods    Lumber & lumber sheet goods include dimensional lumber, plywood and oriented strand board 
("OSB") products used in on-site house framing. In 2013, this product line was approximately 36% of our net sales, and revenue 
dollars increased approximately 28% from 2012, partly due to increases in the cost of these goods. 

Windows &  other  exterior  products    The  windows &  other  exterior  products  category  includes  exterior  door  units,  as  well  as 
exterior products such as roofing and siding. Selecting, designing and managing the procurement of the proper window package 
for performance and architectural reasons is a key service provided by our skilled employees. Additionally, our prehung exterior 
doors consist of a door slab with hinges and door jambs attached, thereby reducing on-site installation time and providing higher 
quality finished door units than those constructed on site. 

Other building products & services    Other building products & services consist of various products, including hardware, boards 
and insulation. This category also includes design assistance and professional installation services of products spanning most of 
our  product  categories.  Through  our  installation  services  program,  we  help  homebuilders  realize  efficiencies  through  improved 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
scheduling, supplier and subcontractor management, and other services resulting in reduced cycle time, simplified administration 
and better cost controls. 

We also provide professional estimating, product advisory and product display services that assist homebuilders and their clients in 
selecting the appropriate mix of products to meet their needs. We believe these services require scale, capital and sophistication 
that smaller competitors often do not possess. 

Manufacturing 

Our manufacturing facilities and related design capabilities are utilized to improve quality, cost and service to our homebuilder and 
repair  and  remodel  customers.  We  utilize  specialized  assembly  and  manufacturing  technology,  building  science-based  material 
selection  and  various  design  software  packages  to  improve  product  quality,  increase  efficiency,  reduce  lead  times  and  provide 
cost-effective products for our customers. We manufacture and assemble products within three of our product categories: structural 
components, millwork & other interior products, and windows & other exterior products. As the housing recovery continues, we 
expect the services provided by our manufacturing and design capabilities to become more important in helping our customers to 
meet  their  client  and  customer  commitments  and  improve  their  operations.  In  2013,  manufactured  products  represented 
approximately 12.4% of our net sales. 

Sales and Marketing 

We seek to attract and retain customers through exceptional customer service, leading product quality, broad product and service 
offerings and competitive pricing. This strategy is centered on building and maintaining strong customer relationships rather than 
traditional marketing and advertising. We strive to add value for homebuilders through solution-based selling, improved product 
selection and procurement processes, lower material costs and general project coordination and support. By executing this strategy, 
we believe we will continue to generate incremental sales volumes with new and existing customers. 

Our  experienced  sales  and  service  professionals  are  at  the  core  of  our  customer  growth  and  expansion  efforts.  We  deploy 
salespeople  who  are  skilled  in  housing  construction  to  meet  with  a  homebuilder’s  construction  superintendent,  contractor,  local 
purchasing  agent  or  local  executive  with  the  goal  of  becoming  the  primary  product  supplier.  If  selected  by  the  homebuilder  or 
contractor,  the  salesperson  and  his  or  her  team  review  blueprints  for  the  contracted  homes  and  advise  the  homebuilder  or 
contractor  in  areas  such  as  opportunities  for  cost  optimization,  increased  building  or  project  efficiencies,  and  regional  product 
preferences. Next, the team determines the specific package of products that are needed to complete the project and schedules a 
sequence of site deliveries. Our large delivery fleet and comprehensive inventory management system enable us to provide “just-
in-time”  product  delivery,  ensuring  a  smoother  and  faster  production  cycle  for  the  homebuilder.  Throughout  the  construction 
process, our employees make frequent site visits to ensure timely delivery and installation and to provide general service support. 
We believe this level of service is highly valued by our customers and generates significant customer loyalty. At January 31, 2014, 
we employed approximately 467 sales professionals. 

Materials and Supplier Relationships 

We purchase inventory primarily for distribution, some of which is also utilized in our manufacturing plants. The key materials we 
purchase  include  dimensional  lumber,  OSB,  EWP,  windows,  doors  and  millwork.  Our  largest  suppliers  are  national  lumber  and 
wood  products  producers  and  distributors  such  as  BlueLinx  Holdings  Inc.,  Boise  Cascade  Company,  Louisiana  Pacific  and 
Weyerhaeuser  Company  and  building  products  manufacturers  such  as  JELD-WEN,  inc.,  Moulding  and  Millwork  Inc.,  MI 
Windows and Doors, Inc., James Hardie and Norbord, Inc. We believe there is sufficient supply in the marketplace to source most 
of  our  requirements  competitively  without  reliance  on  any  particular  supplier  and  that  our  diversity  of  suppliers  affords  us 
purchasing flexibility. We also work with our suppliers to ensure that we have sufficient adaptability and flexibility to service our 
customers' needs as they evolve and as their markets grow. Due to our centralized oversight of purchasing and our large lumber 
and  OSB  purchasing  volumes,  we  believe  we  are  better  able  to  maximize  the  advantages  of  both  our,  and  our  suppliers’,  broad 
footprints and negotiate purchases in multiple markets to achieve more favorable contracts with respect to price, terms of sale, and 
supply than our regional competitors. Additionally, for certain customers, we institute purchasing programs on raw materials such 
as  OSB  to  align  portions  of  our  procurement  costs  with  our  customer  pricing  commitments.  We  balance  our  lumber  and  OSB 
purchases with a mix of contract and spot market purchases to ensure consistent quantities of product necessary to fulfill customer 
contracts,  to  source  products  at  the  lowest  possible  cost,  and  to  minimize  our  exposure  to  the  volatility  of  commodity  lumber 
prices. 

We  currently  source  products  from  over  1,000  suppliers  in  order  to  reduce  our  dependence  on  any  single  company  and  to 
maximize purchasing leverage. Although no materials purchases from any single supplier represented more than 9% of our total 
materials  purchases  in  2013,  we  believe  we  are  one  of  the  largest  customers  for  many  suppliers,  and  therefore  have  significant 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
purchasing leverage. We have found that using multiple suppliers ensures a stable source of products and the best purchasing terms 
as the suppliers compete to gain and maintain our business. 

We seek to maintain strong relationships with our suppliers, and we believe opportunities exist to improve purchasing terms in the 
future, including inventory storage or “just-in-time” delivery to reduce our inventory carrying costs. We will continue to pursue 
additional  procurement  cost  savings  and  purchasing  synergies  that  would  further  enhance  our  gross  margins  (defined  as  gross 
profit as a percentage of net sales) and cash flow. 

Competition 

We  compete  in  the  professional  building  contractor  segment  of  the  U.S. residential  new  construction  building  products  supply 
market  (the  “Pro  Segment”).  Our  customers  primarily  consist  of  professional  homebuilders  and  those  that  provide  construction 
services to them. We focus on a distinctly different target market than home center retailers such as The Home Depot and Lowe’s, 
which  currently  primarily  serve  do-it-yourself  and  remodeling  customers.  The  principal  methods  of  competition  in  the  Pro 
Segment are developing long-term relationships with professional builders and retaining such customers by delivering a full range 
of high-quality products on time and offering trade credit, competitive pricing, flexibility in transaction processing, and integrated 
service and product packages, as well as offering value-added products and services such as structural components and installation. 
Our  leading  market  positions  in  the  highly  competitive  Pro  Segment  create  economies  of  scale  that  allow  us  to  supply  our 
customers cost-effectively, which both enhances profitability and reduces the risk of losing customers to competitors. 

We have and will continue to experience competition for homebuilder business. Many of our competitors are predominantly small, 
privately owned companies, local and regional materials distributors, single or multi-site lumberyards, and truss manufacturing and 
millwork  operations.  Most  of  these  companies  have  limited  access  to  capital  and  lack  sophisticated  IT  systems  and  large-scale 
procurement capabilities. We believe we have substantial competitive advantages over these smaller competitors due to our long-
standing customer relationships, local market knowledge, integrated supply chain and competitive pricing. Our largest competitors 
in  our  markets  include  84  Lumber  Co.,  Builders  FirstSource,  Inc.,  Building  Materials  Holding  Corporation  and  Pro-Build 
Holdings,  Inc.  Some  of  our  competitors  are  larger  than  we  are  and  may  have  greater  financial  resources.  These  resources  may 
afford  those  competitors  greater  purchasing  power,  increased  financial  flexibility,  and  more  capital  resources  for  expansion  and 
improvement. 

Employees 

At January 31, 2014, we had approximately 3,025 full-time equivalent employees, none of whom were represented by a union. We 
believe that we have good relations with our employees. Additionally, we believe that the training provided through our ongoing 
development  programs  to  our  professional  employees  and  an  entrepreneurial,  performance-based  culture  provide  significant 
benefits to our customers. 

IT Systems 

Our primary ERP system, which we use for all of our operations, was purchased from NxTrend (now a division of Infor) and has 
been  highly  customized  for  our  needs.  The  system  has  been  designed  to  operate  our  businesses  in  an  efficient  manner.  The 
materials required for thousands of standard builder plans are stored by the system for rapid quoting or order entry. Hundreds of 
price  lists  are  maintained  on  thousands  of  SKUs,  facilitating  rapid  price  changes  in  a  changing  product  cost  environment.  A 
customer’s order can be tracked at each stage of the process and billing can be customized to reduce a customer’s administrative 
costs and speed payment. As this ERP platform supported our business in 2006 when our sales volumes, number of locations and 
revenues were significantly larger, we believe this platform to be scalable and able to support our growth. 

We have a single financial reporting system that has been highly customized for our business. Consolidated financial, sales and 
workforce reporting is integrated using Oracle Business Intelligence system and custom databases, which aggregates data from our 
ERP  system  along  with  workforce  information  from  our  third-party  payroll  administrator.  This  technology  platform  provides 
management  with  robust  corporate  and  location  level  performance  management  capabilities  by  leveraging  standardized  metrics 
and analytics allowing us to plan, track and report performance and compensation measures. 

We utilize proprietary software in our distribution and installation operations.  Stock Logistics Solutions schedules orders from our 
ERP  system  for  delivery,  utilizes  GPS  and  mobile  technology  in  our  delivery  fleet  and  provides  customers  with  real-time 
information  on  their  order  status,  including  notification  and  pictures  of  completed  deliveries.  Stock  Installation  Solutions  is  a 
system designed to improve the execution of our installation services and facilitate more effective communication with customers. 
In addition, we have purchased several software products that have been integrated with our primary ERP system. These programs 
assist in designing and manufacturing structural components, analyzing blueprints to generate material lists and purchasing lumber 
products at the lowest cost. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Seasonality and Other Factors 

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Seasonality and other factors” for 
a discussion of seasonality and other factors contributing to variability in our quarterly results. 

History 

The  Company’s  predecessor  was  founded  as  Carolina  Builders  Corporation  in  Raleigh,  North  Carolina  in  1922  and  began 
operating under the Stock Building Supply name in 2003. In addition, certain companies acquired by us were founded as early as 
1822. 

In May 2009, Gores Building Holdings, LLC ("Gores Holdings"), an affiliate of The Gores Group, LLC ("Gores"), acquired 51% 
of  the  voting  interests  of  our  subsidiary,  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  LLC,  through  a  newly  formed  subsidiary,  Saturn 
Acquisition Holdings, LLC, from an affiliate of Wolseley plc ("Wolseley"). Immediately after the acquisition, we entered into a 
prepackaged reorganization plan pursuant to Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The prepackaged reorganization was pursuant to 
a pre-arranged plan with the Company’s creditors, which took effect upon filing and enabled us to terminate certain real property 
leases  in  undesirable  locations  in  exchange  for  payment  of  a  statutory  amount  of  damages.  The  reorganization,  which  was 
undertaken  in  less  than  two  months,  did  not  include  a  compromise  of  any  claims  of  any  suppliers,  creditors  or  employees. In 
November  2011,  Gores  Holdings  purchased  the  remaining  minority  interest  in  us  from  Wolseley.  On  May 2,  2013,  Saturn 
Acquisition Holdings, LLC converted to a corporation and changed its name to Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. On August 
14,  2013,  we  completed  our  initial  public  offering  ("IPO")  and  the  Company's  common  stock  is  now  listed  on  The  NASDAQ 
Stock Market under the ticker symbol "STCK".  Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. is a holding company that derives all of its 
operating income from its subsidiaries. 

Intellectual Property 

We possess an array of intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks, trade names, proprietary technology and know-
how  and  other  proprietary  rights  that  are  important  to  our  brand  and  marketing  strategy.  In  particular,  we  maintain  registered 
trademarks for Stock Building Supply® and our logo, as well as for Fortis® and Artrim®, two of our private label lines. In addition, 
we maintain registered trademarks for the trade names under which many of our local branches operate. While we do not believe 
our  business  is  dependent  on  any  one  of  our  trademarks,  we  believe  that  our  trademarks  are  important  to  the  development  and 
conduct of our business as well as the marketing of our products. We vigorously protect all of our intellectual property rights. 

Regulation and Legislation 

While  we  are  not  engaged  in  a  “regulated  industry,”  we  are  subject  to  various  federal,  state  and  local  government  regulations 
applicable  to  the  business  generally  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate,  including  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  our 
relationships with our employees, public health and safety, work place safety, transportation, zoning, business, environmental and 
contractor  licensing  and  fire  codes.  We  strive  to  operate  each  of  our  distribution,  manufacturing,  retail  and  service  facilities  in 
accordance with applicable laws, codes and regulations. 

Our  operations  in  domestic  interstate  commerce  are  subject  to  the  regulatory  jurisdiction  of  the  Department  of  Transportation 
("DOT"),  which  has  broad  administrative  powers  with  respect  to  our  transportation  operations.  We  are  subject  to  safety 
requirements  governing  interstate  operations  prescribed  by  the  DOT.  Vehicle  dimensions  and  driver  hours  of  service  also  are 
subject to both federal and state regulation. See “Risk Factors—Federal, state, local and other regulations could impose substantial 
costs  and/or  restrictions  on  our  operations  that  would  reduce  our  net  income.”  Our  operations  are  also  subject  to  the  regulatory 
jurisdiction of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration ("OSHA"), which has broad administrative powers with respect 
to workplace and jobsite safety. 

Our operations and properties are also subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, handling, 
generation, transportation, treatment, emission, release, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials, substances and wastes and 
relating  to  the  investigation  and  cleanup  of  contaminated  properties,  including  off-site  disposal  locations.  We  have  not  incurred 
material  costs  in  the  past  to  comply  with  environmental  laws  and  regulations.  However,  we  could  be  subject  to  material  costs, 
liabilities  or  claims  relating  to  environmental  compliance  in  the  future,  especially  in  the  event  of  changes  in  existing  laws  and 
regulations or in their interpretation or enforcement. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As current and former owners, lessees and operators of real property, we can be held liable for the investigation or remediation of 
contamination on or from such properties, in some circumstances regardless of whether we knew of or caused such contamination. 
Our current expenditures with respect to environmental investigation and remediation at our facilities are immaterial, although no 
assurance can be provided that more significant investigation and remediation will not be required in the future as a result of spills 
or releases of petroleum products or other hazardous substances or the discovery of currently unknown environmental conditions, 
or changes in legislation, laws, rules or regulations or their interpretation or enforcement. 

Our suppliers are subject to various laws and regulations, including in particular laws and regulations regulating labor, forestry and 
the environment. We consult with our suppliers as appropriate to confirm they have determined they are in material compliance 
with  applicable  laws  and  regulations.  Generally,  our  suppliers  agree  contractually  to  comply  with  our  expectations  concerning 
environmental, labor and health and safety matters. 

Products that we import into the United States are subject to laws and regulations imposed in conjunction with such importation, 
including those issued and/or enforced by U.S. Customs and Border Protection. In addition, certain of our products are subject to 
laws and regulations relating to the importation, acquisition or sale of illegally harvested agricultural products and the emissions of 
hazardous  materials.  We  work  closely  with  our  suppliers  to  help  ensure  material  compliance  with  the  applicable  laws  and 
regulations in these areas. 

To date, costs to comply with applicable laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment and natural resources 
have not had a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results. However, there can be no assurance that such 
laws and regulations will not become more stringent in the future or that we will not incur costs in the future in order to comply 
with such laws and regulations. We did not incur material capital expenditures for environmental controls in fiscal year 2013 and 
do not anticipate material capital expenditures in this regard in fiscal year 2014. 

Available Information 

We  are  subject  to  the  informational  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  and  in  accordance 
therewith, we file reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(“SEC”). Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy and information 
statements  and  other  information  and  amendments  to  those  reports  filed  or  furnished  pursuant  to  Section 13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are, or will be, available through the investor relations section of our website under the links to 
“SEC  Filings.”  Our  Internet  address  is  www.stocksupply.com.  Reports  are  available  on  our  website  free  of  charge  as  soon  as 
reasonably  practicable  after  we  electronically  file  them  with,  or  furnish  them  to,  the  SEC.  In  addition,  our  directors  and  certain 
senior officers are required to file with the SEC initial statements of beneficial ownership and statements of change in beneficial 
ownership of our securities, which are also available on our website at the same location. We are not including this or any other 
information on our website as a part of, nor incorporating it by reference into, this Form 10-K or any of our other SEC filings. 

In addition to our website, you may read and copy public reports we file with or furnish to the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference 
Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room 
by  calling  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.  The  SEC  maintains  an  Internet  site  that  contains  our  reports,  proxy  and  information 
statements, and other information that we electronically file with, or furnish to, the SEC at www.sec.gov. 

Item 1A.   Risk Factors 

Risks related to our business 

The  industry  in  which  we  operate  is  dependent  upon  the  homebuilding  industry  and  repair  and  remodeling  activity,  the 
economy, the credit markets and other important factors. 

The  building  products  supply  and  services  industry  is  highly  dependent  on  new  home  construction  and  repair  and  remodeling 
activity, which in turn are dependent upon a number of factors, including interest rates, consumer confidence, employment rates, 
foreclosure rates, housing inventory levels, housing demand, the availability of land, the availability of construction financing and 
the  health  of  the  economy  and  mortgage  markets.  Unfavorable  changes  in  demographics,  credit  markets,  consumer  confidence, 
health care costs, housing affordability, housing inventory levels, a weakening of the national economy or of any regional or local 
economy in which we operate and other factors beyond our control could adversely affect consumer spending, result in decreased 
demand for homes and adversely affect our business. Changes in federal income tax laws may also affect demand for new homes. 
Various proposals have been publicly discussed to limit mortgage interest deductions and to limit the exclusion of gain from the 
sale of a principal residence. Enactment of such proposals may have an adverse effect on the homebuilding industry in general. No 
meaningful prediction can be made as to whether any such proposals will be enacted and, if enacted, the particular form such laws 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
would take. Because we have substantial fixed costs, relatively modest declines in our customers’ production levels could have a 
significant adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. 

The  homebuilding  industry  underwent  a  significant  downturn  that  began  in  mid-2006  and  began  to  stabilize  in  late  2011.  The 
downturn in the homebuilding industry resulted in a substantial reduction in demand for our products and services, which in turn 
had a significant adverse effect on our business during fiscal years 2007 through 2012 and led to our filing for bankruptcy in 2009. 
The  U.S.  Census  Bureau  reported  approximately  618,000  single-family  housing  starts  for  2013,  which  is  an  increase  of 
approximately 15% from 2012, but still well below historical averages. There is significant uncertainty regarding the timing and 
extent of any recovery in construction and repair and remodeling activity and resulting product demand levels. The positive impact 
of a recovery on our business may also be dampened to the extent the average selling price or average size of new single family 
homes  decreases,  which  could  cause  homebuilders  to  decrease  spending  on  our  products  and  services.  New  U.S.  single-family 
housing  starts  slowed  to  a  seasonally-adjusted  annual  rate  of  573,000  in  January  2014.  While  we  believe  weather  is  a  primary 
cause of this, we cannot assure that conditions will improve with the weather. 

In addition, beginning in 2007, the mortgage markets experienced substantial disruption due to increased defaults, primarily as a 
result  of  credit  quality  deterioration.  The  disruption  resulted  in  a  stricter  regulatory  environment  and  reduced  availability  of 
mortgages  for  potential  home  buyers  due  to  a  tight  credit  market  and  stricter  standards  to  qualify  for  mortgages.  Mortgage 
financing and commercial credit for smaller homebuilders, as well as for the development of new residential lots, continue to be 
constrained.  As  the  housing  industry  is  dependent  upon  the  economy  and  employment  levels  as  well  as  potential  homebuyers’ 
access to mortgage financing and homebuilders’ access to commercial credit,  it is likely that the housing industry will not fully 
recover until conditions in the economy and the credit markets improve and unemployment rates decline. Prolonged weakness in 
the homebuilding industry would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. 

As  a  result  of  the  homebuilding  industry  downturn,  there  has  been  a  trend  of  significant  consolidation  as  smaller,  private 
homebuilders  have  gone  out  of  business.  We  refer  to  the  large  homebuilders  as  “production  homebuilders.”  While  we  generate 
significant business from these homebuilders, our gross margins on sales to them tend to be lower than our gross margins on sales 
to  other  market  segments.  This  could  impact  our  gross  margins  as  homebuilding  recovers  if  the  market  share  held  by  the 
production homebuilders increases. 

The building products supply and services industry is seasonal and cyclical. 

Our industry is seasonal. Although weather patterns affect our operating results throughout the year, our first and fourth quarters 
have historically been, and are generally expected to continue to be, adversely affected by weather patterns in some of our markets, 
causing  reduced  construction  activity.  To  the  extent  that  hurricanes,  severe  storms,  earthquakes,  floods,  fires,  other  natural 
disasters or similar events occur in the markets in which we operate, our business may be adversely affected. For example, in the 
first quarter of 2014 to date, many of our customers and local operations were impacted by adverse  weather events that slowed 
construction activity. 

The building products supply and services industry is also subject to cyclical market pressures. Quarterly results historically have 
reflected, and are expected to continue to reflect, fluctuations from period to period arising from the following: the volatility of 
lumber prices; the cyclical nature of the homebuilding industry; general economic conditions in the markets in which we compete; 
the pricing policies of our competitors and the production schedules of our customers. 

Our industry is highly fragmented and competitive, and increased competitive pressure may adversely affect our results. 

The building products supply and services industry is highly fragmented and competitive. We face significant competition from 
local,  regional  and  national  building  materials  chains,  as  well  as  from  privately-owned  single  site  enterprises.  Any  of  these 
competitors may (i) foresee the course of market development more accurately than we do, (ii) provide superior service and sell 
superior products, (iii) have the ability to produce or supply similar products and services at a lower cost, (iv) develop stronger 
relationships with our customers, (v) adapt more quickly to new technologies or evolving customer requirements than we do, (vi) 
develop a superior branch network in our markets or (vii) have access to financing on more favorable terms that we can obtain. As 
a  result,  we  may  not  be  able  to  compete  successfully  with  them.  In  addition,  home  center  retailers,  which  have  historically 
concentrated  their  sales  efforts  on  retail  consumers  and  small  contractors,  may  in  the  future  intensify  their  marketing  efforts  to 
professional  homebuilders.  Furthermore,  certain  product  manufacturers  sell  and  distribute  their  products  directly  to  production 
homebuilders. The volume of such direct sales could increase in the future. Additionally, manufacturers and specialty distributors 
who  sell  products  to  us  may  elect  to  sell  and  distribute  directly  to  homebuilders  in  the  future  or  enter  into  exclusive  supplier 
arrangements  with  other  distributors.  Consolidation  of  production  homebuilders  may  result  in  increased  competition  for  their 
business. Finally, we may not be able to maintain our operating costs or product prices at a level sufficiently low for us to compete 
effectively.  If  we  are  unable  to  compete  effectively,  our  financial  condition,  operating  results  and  cash  flows  may  be  adversely 
affected. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certain of our products are commodities and fluctuations in prices of these commodities could affect our operating results. 

Many of the building products we distribute, including OSB, plywood, lumber and particleboard, are commodities that are widely 
available  from  other  manufacturers  or  distributors  with  prices  and  volumes  determined  frequently  based  on  participants’ 
perceptions  of  short-term  supply  and  demand  factors.  A  shortage  of  capacity  or  excess  capacity  in  the  industry  can  result  in 
significant increases or declines in market prices for those products, often within a short period of time. 

Prices  of  commodity  products  can  also  change  as  a  result  of  national  and  international  economic  conditions,  labor  and  freight 
costs, competition, market speculation, government regulation, and trade policies, as well as from periodic delays in the delivery of 
lumber and other products. Short-term changes in the cost of these materials, some of which are subject to significant fluctuations, 
are sometimes passed on to our customers but our pricing quotation periods and pricing pressure from our competitors may limit 
our  ability  to  pass  on  such  price  changes.  For  example,  we  frequently  enter  into  extended  pricing  commitments,  which  may 
compress our gross margins in periods of inflation. At times, the price at which we can charge our customers for any one or more 
products may even fall below the price at which we can purchase such products, requiring us to incur short-term losses on product 
sales. We may also be limited in our ability to pass on increases in freight costs on our products due to the price of fuel. 

Periods of generally increasing prices provide the opportunity for higher sales and increased gross profit (subject to the extended 
pricing  commitments  described  above),  while  generally  declining  price  environments  may  result  in  declines  in  sales  and 
profitability.  In  particular,  low  market  prices  for  wood  products  over  a  sustained  period  can  adversely  affect  our  financial 
condition, operating results and cash flows, as can excessive spikes in market prices. We have generally experienced increasing 
prices  as  the  homebuilding  market  has  recovered.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  average  composite  framing  lumber 
prices  and  average  composite  structural  panel  prices  (a  composite  calculation  based  on  index  prices  for  OSB  and  plywood)  as 
reported  by  Random  Lengths  were  19%  and  11%  higher,  respectively,  than  the  prior  year.  Our  lumber  &  lumber  sheet  goods 
product category represented approximately 36% of net sales for that period. If lumber or structural panel prices were to decline 
significantly from current levels, our sales and profits would be negatively affected. 

We  are  exposed  to  product  liability,  warranty,  casualty,  construction  defect,  contract,  tort,  and  other  claims  and  legal 
proceedings related to our business, products and services as well as services provided for us through third parties. 

We  are  from  time  to  time  involved  in  product  liability,  warranty,  casualty,  construction  defect,  contract,  tort  and  other  claims 
relating to our business, the products we manufacture, distribute or install, and services we provide, either directly or through third 
parties, that, if adversely determined, could adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows if we were 
unable to seek indemnification for such claims or were not adequately insured for such claims. We rely on manufacturers and other 
suppliers  to  provide  us  with  many  of  the  products  we  sell,  distribute  or  install.  Because  we  do  not  have  direct  control  over the 
quality of such products manufactured or supplied by such third-party suppliers, we are exposed to risks relating to the quality of 
such products. In addition, we are exposed to potential claims arising from the conduct of our employees, homebuilders and their 
subcontractors, and third-party installers for which we may be liable. We and they are subject to regulatory requirements and risks 
applicable to general contractors, which include management of licensing, permitting and quality of our third-party installers. If we 
fail  to  manage  these  processes  effectively  or  provide  proper  oversight  of  these  services,  we  could  suffer  lost  sales,  fines  and 
lawsuits, as well as damage to our reputation, which could adversely affect our business. 

Although we currently maintain what we believe to be suitable and adequate insurance in excess of our self-insured amounts, there 
can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  maintain  such  insurance  on  acceptable  terms  or  that  such  insurance  will  provide 
adequate  protection  against  potential  liabilities.  Product  liability,  warranty,  casualty,  construction  defect,  contract,  tort  and  other 
claims  can  be  expensive  to  defend  and  can  divert  the  attention  of  management  and  other  personnel  for  significant  periods, 
regardless  of  the  ultimate  outcome.  Claims  of  this  nature  could  also  have  a  negative  impact  on  customer  confidence  in  our 
products  and  our  Company.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  any  current  or  future  claims  will  not  adversely  affect  our  financial 
condition, operating results and cash flows. 

Pursuant  to  the  restructuring  and  investment  agreement  dated  May  5,  2009  by  and  among  our  predecessor,  Saturn  Acquisition 
Holdings, LLC, Gores Holdings and Wolseley, Wolseley agreed to indemnify us for, among other things, losses arising from any 
third-party  claim  (i)  existing  as  of  May  5,  2009  or  (ii)  brought  or  asserted  against  the  Company  arising  from  actions  taken  by 
Wolseley or the Company prior to May 5, 2009. In accordance with the restructuring and investment agreement, Wolseley was not 
liable for any claim for indemnification until the aggregate amount to be recovered by us exceeded $3.0 million, which occurred in 
2011. In the event Wolseley is unable or unwilling to satisfy its indemnification obligations to us, we would be responsible for any 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
liabilities arising from actions taken prior to May 5, 2009 and the costs of defending claims related thereto. The resulting increase 
in our liabilities or litigation expenses could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. 

We may be unable to achieve or maintain profitability or positive cash flows from operations. 

We  have  set  goals  to  improve  progressively  our  profitability  over  time  by  growing  our  sales,  increasing  our  gross  margin  and 
reducing our expenses as a percentage of sales. For the fiscal years 2013 and 2012 we had net losses of $4.6 million and $14.5 
million, respectively, and used cash from operations of $40.3 million and $12.2 million, respectively. There can be no assurance 
that  we  will  achieve  our  enhanced  profitability  goals  or  generate  positive  cash  flow  from  operations.  Factors  that  could 
significantly adversely affect our efforts to achieve these goals include, but are not limited to, the failure to: 

•   grow our revenue through organic growth or through acquisitions; 
•  

improve our revenue mix by investing (including through acquisitions) in businesses that provide higher gross margins 
than we have been able to generate historically; 
achieve improvements in purchasing or maintain or increase our rebates from suppliers through our supplier consolidation 
and/or low-cost country initiatives; 
improve our gross margins through the utilization of improved pricing practices and technology and sourcing savings; 

•  

•  
•   maintain or reduce our overhead and support expenses as we grow; 
•  
•  
•   maintain relationships with our significant customers; and 
•  

effectively evaluate future inventory reserves; 
collect monies owed from customers; 

integrate any businesses acquired. 

Any of these failures or delays may adversely affect our ability to increase our profitability. 

Residential renovation and improvement activity levels may not return to historic levels, which may negatively impact our 
business, liquidity and results of operations. 

Our  business  relies  on  residential  renovation  and  improvement  (including  repair  and  remodeling)  activity  levels.  Unlike  most 
previous cyclical declines in new home construction in which we did not experience comparable declines in our sales related to 
home  improvement,  the  recent  economic  decline  adversely  affected  our  home  improvement  business  as  well.  According  to  the 
U.S. Census Bureau, residential improvement project spending in the United States increased approximately 3% in 2013 compared 
to  2012,  but  remains  approximately  10%  below  its  peak  in  2006.  Continued  high  unemployment  levels,  high  mortgage 
delinquency and foreclosure rates, limitations in the availability of mortgage and home improvement financing and significantly 
lower  housing  turnover,  may  continue  to  limit  consumers’  spending,  particularly  on  discretionary  items,  and  affect  their 
confidence level leading to continued reduced spending on home improvement projects. 

We  cannot  predict  the  timing  or  strength  of  a  significant  recovery,  if  any.  Continued  depressed  activity  levels  in  consumer 
spending  for  home  improvement  and  new  home  construction  will  continue  to  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and  our 
financial  position.  Furthermore,  continued  economic  weakness  may  cause  unanticipated  shifts  in  consumer  preferences  and 
purchasing  practices  and  in  the  business  models  and  strategies  of  our  customers.  Such  shifts  may  alter  the  nature  and  prices  of 
products demanded by the end consumer and our customers and could adversely affect our operating performance. 

Our  continued  success  will  depend  on  our  ability  to  retain  our  key  employees  and  to  attract  and  retain  new  qualified 
employees, while controlling our labor costs. 

Our  success  depends  in  part  on  our  ability  to  attract,  hire,  train  and  retain  qualified  managerial,  operational,  sales  and  other 
personnel, while at the same time controlling our labor costs. We face significant competition for these types of employees in our 
industry and from other industries. We may be unsuccessful in attracting and retaining the personnel we require to conduct and 
expand our operations successfully. In addition, key personnel, including sales force employees with key customer relationships, 
may  leave  us  and  compete  against  us.  Our  success  also  depends  to  a  significant  extent  on  the  continued  service  of  our  senior 
management  team.  Our  senior  management  team  has  more  than  145  years  of  combined  experience  in  manufacturing  and 
distribution, and has been integral to our successful acquisition and integration of businesses to gain scale in our current markets. 
These  factors  make  our  current  senior  management  team  uniquely  qualified  to  execute  our  business  strategy.  The  loss  of  any 
member of our senior management team or other experienced, senior employees or sales force employees could impair our ability 
to execute our business plan, cause us to lose customers and reduce our net sales, or lead to employee morale problems and/or the 
loss  of  other  key  employees.  In  any  such  event,  our  financial  condition,  operating  results  and  cash  flows  could  be  adversely 
affected.

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our ability to control labor costs is subject to numerous external factors, including prevailing wage rates, the impact of legislation 
or  regulations  governing  wages,  labor  relations  or  healthcare  benefits,  and  health  and  other  insurance  costs.  In  addition,  we 
compete with other companies for many of our employees in hourly positions, and we invest significant resources in training and 
motivating them to maintain a high level of job satisfaction. These positions have historically had high turnover rates, which can 
lead to increased training and retention costs. If we are unable to attract or retain highly qualified employees in the future, it could 
adversely impact our operating results. 

Product shortages, loss of key suppliers or failure to develop relationships with qualified suppliers, and our dependence on 
third-party suppliers and manufacturers could affect our financial health. 

Our ability to offer a wide variety of products to our customers is dependent upon our ability to obtain adequate product supply 
from manufacturers and other suppliers. Generally, our products are obtainable from various sources and in sufficient quantities. 
Our ability to continue to identify and develop relationships with qualified suppliers who can satisfy our high standards for quality 
and our need to access products in a timely and efficient manner is a significant challenge. Our ability to access products also can 
be adversely affected by the financial instability of suppliers (particularly in light of continuing economic difficulties in various 
regions  of  the  United  States  and  the  world),  suppliers’  noncompliance  with  applicable  laws,  supply  disruptions,  shipping 
interruptions or costs, and other factors beyond our control. The loss of, or a substantial decrease in the availability of, products 
from our suppliers or the loss of key supplier arrangements could adversely impact our financial condition, operating results and 
cash flows. 

Although in many instances we have agreements with our suppliers, these agreements are generally terminable by either party on 
limited  notice.  Many  of  our  suppliers  also  offer  us  favorable  terms  based  on  the  volume  of  our  purchases.  If  market  conditions 
change,  suppliers  may  stop  offering  us  favorable  terms.  Failure  by  our  suppliers  to  continue  to  supply  us  with  products  on 
favorable terms, commercially reasonable terms, or at all, could put pressure on our operating margins or have a material adverse 
effect on our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. 

A  portion  of  the  workforces  of  many  of  our  suppliers,  particularly  our  foreign  suppliers,  are  represented  by  labor  unions. 
Workforce disputes at these suppliers may result in work stoppages or slowdowns. For example, in recent years our suppliers in 
Chile  (who  provide  a  significant  portion  of  certain  of  our  products)  have  been  subject  to  numerous  labor  stoppages.  Such 
disruptions could have a material adverse effect on these suppliers ability to continue meeting our needs. 

The implementation of our supply chain and technology initiatives could disrupt our operations, and these initiatives might 
not provide the anticipated benefits or might fail. 

We have made, and we plan to continue to make, significant investments in our supply chain and technology. These initiatives are 
designed to streamline our operations to allow our employees to continue to provide high quality service to our customers, while 
simplifying  customer  interaction  and  providing  our  customers  with  a  more  interconnected  purchasing  experience.  The  cost  and 
potential  problems  and  interruptions  associated  with  the  implementation  of  these  initiatives,  including  those  associated  with 
managing third-party service providers and employing new web-based tools and services, could disrupt or reduce the efficiency of 
our operations. In the event that we grow very rapidly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to keep up, expand or adapt 
our IT infrastructure to meet evolving demand on a timely basis and at a commercially reasonable cost, or at all. In addition, our 
improved  supply  chain  and  new  or  upgraded  technology  might  not  provide  the  anticipated  benefits,  it  might  take  longer  than 
expected to realize the anticipated benefits or the initiatives might fail altogether. 

We occupy most of our facilities under long-term non-cancellable leases. We may be unable to renew leases at the end of 
their terms. If we close a facility, we are still obligated under the applicable lease. 

Most of our facilities are located in leased premises. Many of our current leases are non-cancellable and typically have initial terms 
ranging from five to ten years and most provide options to renew for specified periods of time. We believe that leases we enter into 
in  the  future  will  likely  be  long-term  and  non-cancellable  and  have  similar  renewal  options.  If  we  close  or  idle  a  facility,  most 
likely  we  remain  committed  to  perform  our  obligations  under  the  applicable  lease,  which  would  include,  among  other  things, 
payment  of  the  base  rent,  insurance,  taxes,  and  other  expenses  on  the  leased  property  for  the  balance  of  the  lease  term.  The 
inability  to  terminate  leases  when  idling  a  facility  or  exiting  a  geographic  market  can  have  a  significant  adverse  impact  on  our 
financial  condition,  operating  results  and  cash  flows.  For  example,  in  response  to  the  significant  downturn  in  the  homebuilding 
industry that began in 2006, we determined that it was necessary to discontinue operations in certain unprofitable markets. Because 
we  were  unable  to  terminate  leases  in  these  locations  and  were  no  longer  able  to  make  required  payments  under  the  leases,  we 
undertook a prepackaged reorganization under the bankruptcy code in 2009 in order to terminate the real property leases in those 
markets in exchange for payment of a statutory amount of damages. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  at  the  end  of  the  lease  term  and  any  renewal  period  for  a  facility,  we  may  be  unable  to  renew  the  lease  without 
substantial additional cost, if at all. If we are unable to renew our facility leases, we may close or relocate a facility, which could 
subject  us  to  construction  and  other  costs  and  risks,  which  in  turn  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business  and 
operating  results.  In  addition,  we  may  not  be  able  to  secure  a  replacement  facility  in  a  location  that  is  as  commercially  viable, 
including  access  to  rail  service,  as  the  lease  we  are  unable  to  renew.  For  example,  closing  a  facility,  even  during  the  time  of 
relocation, will reduce the sales that the facility would have contributed to our revenues. Additionally, the revenue and profit, if 
any, generated at a relocated facility may not equal the revenue and profit generated at the existing one. 

Homebuilding activities in the Texas, North Carolina, Utah, California and Georgia markets have a large impact on our 
results of operations because we conduct a significant portion of our business in these markets. 

We  presently  conduct  a  significant  portion  of  our  business  in  the  Texas,  North  Carolina,  Utah,  California  and  Georgia  markets, 
which represented approximately 32%, 15%, 10%, 10% and 10%, respectively, of our 2013 total net sales. Home prices and sales 
activities in these markets and in most of the other markets in which we operate have declined from time to time, particularly as a 
result  of  slow  economic  growth.  In  the  last  several  years,  these  markets  have  benefited  from  better  than  average  employment 
growth,  which  has  aided  homebuilding  activities,  but  we  cannot  assure  you  that  these  conditions  will  continue.  Local  economic 
conditions  can  depend  on  a  variety  of  factors,  including  national  economic  conditions,  local  and  state  budget  situations  and  the 
impact of federal cutbacks. If homebuilding activity declines in one or more of the markets in which we operate, our costs may not 
decline at all or at the same rate and may negatively impact our operating results. 

We  may  be  unable  to  manage  effectively  our  inventory  and  working  capital  as  our  sales  volume  increases  or  material 
prices fluctuate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. 

We purchase certain materials, including lumber products, which are then sold to customers as well as used as direct production 
inputs  for  our  manufactured  and  prefabricated  products.  We  must  maintain,  and  have  adequate  working  capital  to  purchase, 
sufficient inventory to meet customer demand. Due to the lead times required by our suppliers, we order products in advance of 
expected sales. This requires us to forecast our sales and purchase accordingly. In periods of growth, it can be especially difficult 
to forecast sales accurately. We must also manage our working capital to fund our inventory purchases. Excessive spikes in the 
market prices of certain building products, such as lumber, can put negative pressure on our operating cash flows by requiring us 
to invest more in inventory. In the future, if we are unable to manage effectively our inventory and working capital as we attempt 
to  grow  our  business,  our  cash  flows  may  be  negatively  affected,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition and operating results. 

The majority of our net sales are credit sales that are made primarily to customers whose ability to pay is dependent, in 
part, upon the economic strength of the industry and geographic areas in which they operate, and the failure to collect or 
timely collect monies owed from customers could adversely affect our financial condition. 

The majority of our net sales volume in fiscal 2013 was facilitated through the extension of credit to our customers whose ability 
to  pay  is  dependent,  in  part,  upon  the  economic  strength  of  the  industry  in  the  areas  where  they  operate.  We  offer  credit  to 
customers,  either  through  unsecured  credit  that  is  based  solely  upon  the  creditworthiness  of  the  customer,  or  secured  credit  for 
materials sold for a specific job where the security lies in lien rights associated with the material going into the job. The type of 
credit  offered  depends  both  on  the  financial  strength  of  the  customer  and  the  nature  of  the  business  in  which  the  customer  is 
involved. End users, resellers and other non-contractor customers generally purchase more on unsecured credit than secured credit. 
The  inability  of  our  customers  to  pay  off  their  credit  lines  in  a  timely  manner,  or  at  all,  would  adversely  affect  our  financial 
condition,  operating  results  and  cash  flows.  Furthermore,  our  collections  efforts  with  respect  to  non-paying  or  slow-paying 
customers could negatively impact our customer relations going forward. 

Because we depend on the creditworthiness of certain of our customers, if the financial condition of our customers declines, our 
credit risk could increase. Significant contraction in our markets, coupled with tightened credit availability and financial institution 
underwriting  standards,  could  adversely  affect  certain  of  our  customers.  Should  one  or  more  of  our  larger  customers  declare 
bankruptcy as has occurred in the past, it could adversely affect the collectability of our accounts receivable, bad debt reserves and 
net income. 

We are subject to competitive pricing pressure from our customers. 

Production  homebuilders  historically  have  exerted  significant  pressure  on  their  outside  suppliers  to  keep  prices  low  because  of 
their  market  share  and  ability  to  leverage  such  market  share  in  the  highly  fragmented  building  products  supply  and  services 
industry. The housing industry downturn resulted in significantly increased pricing pressures from production homebuilders and 
other  customers.  These  pricing  pressures  have  adversely  affected  our  operating  results  and  cash  flows.  In  addition,  continued 
consolidation  among  homebuilders,  and  changes  in  homebuilders’  purchasing  policies  or  payment  practices,  could  result  in 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
additional pricing pressure. Moreover, during the housing downturn, several of our homebuilder customers defaulted on amounts 
owed to us or extended their payable days as a result of their financial condition. If such payment failures or delays were to recur, 
it could significantly adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. 

We may not timely identify or effectively respond to consumer needs, expectations or trends, which could adversely affect 
our relationship with customers, the demand for our products and services and our market share. 

It is difficult to predict successfully the products and services our customers will demand. The success of our business depends in 
part on our ability to identify and respond promptly to changes in demographics, consumer preferences, expectations, needs and 
weather  conditions,  while  also  managing  inventory  levels.  For  example,  an  increased  consumer  focus  on  making  homes  energy 
efficient could require us to offer more energy efficient building materials and there can be no assurance that we would be able to 
identify  appropriate  suppliers  on  acceptable  terms.  Failure  to  identify  timely  or  effectively  respond  to  changing  consumer 
preferences, expectations and building product needs could adversely affect our relationship with customers, the demand for our 
products and services and our market share. 

We  may  be  unable  to  implement  successfully  our  growth  strategy,  which  includes  pursuing  strategic  acquisitions  and 
opening new facilities. 

Our  long-term  business  plan  provides  for  continued  growth  through  strategic  acquisitions  and  organic  growth  through  the 
construction of new facilities or the expansion of existing facilities. Failure to identify and acquire suitable acquisition candidates 
on appropriate terms could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy. Moreover, our reduced operating results during 
the  housing  downturn,  our  liquidity  position,  or  the  requirements  of  our  Credit  Agreement,  could  prevent  us  from  obtaining  the 
capital  required  to  effect  new  acquisitions  or  expansions  of  existing  facilities.  Our  failure  to  make  successful  acquisitions  or  to 
build  or  expand  facilities,  including  manufacturing  facilities,  produce  saleable  product,  or  meet  customer  demand  in  a  timely 
manner could result in damage to or loss of customer relationships, which could adversely affect our financial condition, operating 
results and cash flows. 

In addition, we may not be able to integrate the operations of future acquired businesses in an efficient and cost-effective manner 
or  without  significant  disruption  to  our  existing  operations.  Acquisitions  involve  significant  risks  and  uncertainties,  including 
uncertainties  as  to  the  future  financial  performance  of  the  acquired  business,  difficulties  integrating  acquired  personnel  and 
corporate cultures into our business, the potential loss of key employees, customers or suppliers, difficulties in integrating different 
computer  and  accounting  systems,  exposure  to  unknown  or  unforeseen  liabilities  of  acquired  companies,  and  the  diversion  of 
management attention and resources from existing operations. We may be unable to complete successfully potential acquisitions 
due to multiple factors, such as issues related to regulatory review of the proposed transactions. We may also be required to incur 
additional debt in order to consummate acquisitions in the future, which debt may be substantial and may limit our flexibility in 
using  our  cash  flow  from  operations.  Our  failure  to  integrate  future  acquired  businesses  effectively  or  to  manage  other 
consequences of our acquisitions, including increased indebtedness, could prevent us from remaining competitive and, ultimately, 
could adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. 

Federal, state, local and other regulations could impose substantial costs and/or restrictions on our operations that would 
reduce our net income. 

We are subject to various federal, state, local, and other regulations, including, among other things, regulations promulgated by the 
DOT,  work  safety  regulations  promulgated  by  the  OSHA,  employment  regulations  promulgated  by  the  United  States  Equal 
Employment Opportunity Commission, regulations of the United States Department of Labor, accounting standards issued by the 
Financial Accounting Standards Board or similar entities, and state and local zoning restrictions, building codes and contractors’ 
licensing  regulations.  More  burdensome  regulatory  requirements  in  these  or  other  areas  may  increase  our  general  and 
administrative  costs  and  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition,  operating  results  and  cash  flows.  Moreover,  failure  to  comply 
with  the  regulatory  requirements  applicable  to  our  business  could  expose  us  to  litigation  and/or  substantial  penalties  that  could 
adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. 

Our transportation operations are subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the DOT. The DOT has broad administrative powers with 
respect to our transportation operations. More restrictive limitations on vehicle weight and size, trailer length and configuration, or 
driver  hours  of  service  would  increase  our  costs,  which,  if  we  are  unable  to  pass  these  cost  increases  on  to  our  customers,  may 
increase our selling, general and administrative expenses and adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash 
flows. If we fail to comply adequately with DOT regulations or regulations become more stringent, we could experience increased 
inspections,  regulatory  authorities  could  take  remedial  action  including  imposing  fines  or  shutting  down  our  operations  or  we 
could be subject to increased audit and compliance costs. If any of these events were to occur, our financial condition, operating 
results and cash flows would be adversely affected. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  the  homebuilding  industry  is  subject  to  various  local,  state  and  federal  statutes,  ordinances,  codes,  rules  and 
regulations concerning zoning, building design and safety, construction, energy conservation, environmental protection and similar 
matters, including regulations that impose restrictive zoning and density requirements on our business or that limit the number of 
homes that can be built within the boundaries of a particular area. Regulatory restrictions may increase our operating expenses and 
limit the availability of suitable building lots for our customers, which could negatively affect our sales and earnings. 

The loss of any of our significant customers could affect our financial health. 

Our ten largest customers generated approximately 20.7% and 20.5% of our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 
2012, respectively. We cannot guarantee that we will maintain or improve our relationships with these customers or that we will 
continue to supply these customers at historical levels. Due to the weak housing market over the past several years, many of our 
homebuilder customers substantially reduced their construction activity. Some homebuilder customers exited or severely curtailed 
building activity in certain of our markets. 

In  addition,  production  homebuilders  and  other  customers  may:  (i)  seek  to  purchase  some  of  the  products  that  we  currently  sell 
directly from manufacturers; (ii) elect to establish their own building products manufacturing and distribution facilities or (iii) give 
advantages to manufacturing or distribution intermediaries in which they have an economic stake. Continued consolidation among 
production homebuilders could also result in a loss of some of our present customers to our competitors. The loss of one or more 
of  our  significant  customers  or  deterioration  in  our  relations  with  any  of  them  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition, 
operating  results  and  cash  flows.  Furthermore,  our  customers  typically  are  not  required  to  purchase  any  minimum  amount  of 
products  from  us.  The  contracts  into  which  we  have  entered  with  most  of  our  professional  customers  typically  provide  that  we 
supply  particular  products  or  services  for  a  certain  period  of  time  when  and  if  ordered  by  the  customer.  Should  our  customers 
purchase our products in significantly lower quantities than they have in the past, such decreased purchases could have a material 
adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. 

We  may  have  future  capital  needs  that  require  us  to  incur  additional  debt  and  may  not  be  able  to  obtain  additional 
financing on acceptable terms, if at all. 

We are substantially reliant on liquidity provided by our Credit Agreement and cash on hand to provide working capital and fund 
our  operations.  Our  working  capital  and  capital  expenditure  requirements  are  likely  to  grow  as  the  housing  market  improves. 
Economic and credit market conditions, the performance of the homebuilding industry, and our financial performance, as well as 
other  factors,  may  constrain  our  financing  abilities.  Our  ability  to  secure  additional  financing,  if  available,  and  to  satisfy  our 
financial  obligations  under  indebtedness  outstanding  from  time  to  time  will  depend  upon  our  future  operating  performance,  the 
availability of credit, economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. The 
prolonged continuation or worsening of current housing market conditions and the macroeconomic factors that affect our industry 
could  require  us  to  seek  additional  capital  and  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  secure  such  capital  on  favorable 
terms, if at all. 

We may be unable to secure additional financing or financing on favorable terms or our operating cash flow may be insufficient to 
satisfy  our  financial  obligations  under  our  outstanding  indebtedness.  If  additional  funds  are  raised  through  the  issuance  of 
additional equity or convertible debt securities, our stockholders may experience significant dilution. We may also incur additional 
indebtedness in the future, including collateralized debt, subject to the restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement. If new debt 
is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify. 

The Credit Agreement contains various financial covenants that could limit our ability to operate our business. 

The Credit Agreement includes a financial covenant that requires us to maintain a minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of 1.0 
as  defined  therein.  However,  the  covenant  is  only  applicable  if  the  sum  of  availability  under  the  revolving  line  of  the  Credit 
Agreement ("Revolver") plus Qualified Cash (which includes cash and cash equivalents in deposit accounts or securities accounts 
or any combination thereof that are subject to a control agreement) falls below $20 million at any time, and remains in effect until 
the sum of availability under the Revolver plus Qualified Cash exceeds $20 million for 30 consecutive days. While there can be no 
assurances, based upon our forecast, we do not expect the covenant to become applicable during the year ending December 31, 
2014.  However,  while  we  would  currently  satisfy  this  covenant  if  it  were  applicable,  should  this  not  be  the  case,  we  would 
evaluate our liquidity options including amending the Credit Agreement, seeking alternative financing arrangements of debt and/or 
equity and/or selling assets. No assurances can be given that such alternative financing would be available, or if available, under 
terms similar to our existing Credit Agreement or that we would be able to sell assets on a timely basis. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be adversely affected by any disruption in our IT systems. 

Our operations are dependent upon our IT systems, which encompass all of our major business functions. Our ERP system, which 
we  use  for  operations  representing  virtually  all  of  our  sales,  is  a  proprietary  system  that  has  been  highly  customized  by  our 
computer programmers. Our centralized financial reporting system currently draws data from our ERP system. We rely upon such 
IT systems to manage and replenish inventory, to fill and ship customer orders on a timely basis and to coordinate our sales and 
distribution  activities  across  all  of  our  products  and  services.  A  substantial  disruption  in  our  IT  systems  for  any  prolonged  time 
period (arising from, for example, system capacity limits from unexpected increases in our volume of business, outages, computer 
viruses, unauthorized access or delays in our service) could result in delays in receiving inventory and supplies or filling customer 
orders  and  adversely  affect  our  customer  service  and  relationships.  Our  systems  might  be  damaged  or  interrupted  by  natural  or 
man-made  events  or  by  computer  viruses,  physical  or  electronic  break-ins,  or  similar  disruptions  affecting  the  global  Internet. 
There can be no assurance that such delays, problems or costs will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, 
operating results and cash flows. 

We may be adversely affected by any natural or man-made disruptions to our distribution and manufacturing facilities. 

We currently maintain a broad network of distribution and manufacturing facilities throughout the eastern, southern and western 
United  States.  Any  widespread  disruption  to  our  facilities  resulting  from  fire,  earthquake,  weather-related  events,  an  act  of 
terrorism  or  any  other  cause  could  damage  a  significant  portion  of  our  inventory  and  could  materially  impair  our  ability  to 
distribute our products to customers. We could incur significantly higher costs and longer lead times associated with distributing 
our products to our customers during the time that it takes for us to reopen or replace a damaged facility. In addition, any shortages 
of fuel or significant fuel cost increases could disrupt our ability to distribute products to our customers. Disruptions to the national 
or  local  transportation  infrastructure  systems  including  those  related  to  a  domestic  terrorist  attack  may  also  affect  our  ability  to 
keep  our  operations  and  services  functioning  properly.  If  any  of  these  events  were  to  occur,  our  financial  condition,  operating 
results and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. 

We are subject to exposure to environmental liabilities and are subject to environmental regulation. 

We  are  subject  to  various  federal,  state  and  local  environmental  laws,  ordinances,  rules  and  regulations  including  those 
promulgated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and analogous state agencies. As current and former owners, 
lessees and operators of real property, we can be held liable for the investigation or remediation of contamination at or from such 
properties, in some circumstances irrespective of whether we knew of or caused such contamination. No assurance can be provided 
that  investigation  and  remediation  will  not  be  required  in  the  future  as  a  result  of  spills  or  releases  of  petroleum  products  or 
hazardous substances, the discovery of currently unknown environmental conditions, more stringent standards regarding existing 
contamination,  or  changes  in  legislation,  laws,  ordinances,  rules  or  regulations  or  their  interpretation  or  enforcement.  More 
burdensome environmental regulatory requirements may increase our costs and adversely affect our financial condition, operating 
results and cash flows. 

We are subject to cybersecurity risks and may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize those risks. 

Our  business  employs  systems  and  a  website  that  allow  for  the  secure  storage  and  transmission  of  customers’  proprietary 
information. Security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, litigation and potential liability. We 
may  not  have  the  resources  or  technical  sophistication  to  anticipate  or  prevent  rapidly  evolving  types  of  cyber-attacks.  Any 
compromise  of  our  security  could  result  in  a  violation  of  applicable  privacy  and  other  laws,  significant  legal  and  financial 
exposure,  damage  to  our  reputation  and  a  loss  of  confidence  in  our  security  measures,  which  could  harm  our  business.  The 
regulatory  environment  related  to  information  security  and  privacy  is  increasingly  rigorous,  with  new  and  constantly  changing 
requirements  applicable  to  our  business,  and  compliance  with  those  requirements  could  result  in  additional  costs.  Our  computer 
systems  have  been,  and  will  likely  continue  to  be,  subjected  to  computer  viruses  or  other  malicious  codes,  unauthorized  access 
attempts  and  cyber-  or  phishing-attacks.  These  events  could  compromise  our  confidential  information,  impede  or  interrupt  our 
business  operations,  and  may  result  in  other  negative  consequences,  including  remediation  costs,  loss  of  revenue,  litigation  and 
reputational  damage.  To  date,  we  have  not  experienced  a  material  breach  of  cybersecurity.  As  cyber-attacks  become  more 
sophisticated  generally,  and  as  we  implement  changes  giving  customers  greater  electronic  access  to  our  systems,  we  may  be 
required to incur significant costs to strengthen our systems from outside intrusions and/or obtain insurance coverage related to the 
threat of such attacks, as we currently do not carry any such coverage. While we have implemented administrative and technical 
controls and have taken other preventive actions to reduce the risk of cyber incidents and protect our IT, they may be insufficient 
to prevent physical and electronic break-ins, cyber-attacks or other security breaches to our computer systems. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks related to ownership of our common stock 

The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly. 

Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent you from being able to sell your shares of our common stock at or 
above  the  price  you  paid  for  them.  The  market  price  for  our  common  stock  could  fluctuate  significantly  for  various  reasons, 
including: 

•   our operating and financial performance and prospects; 
•   our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry; 
•  
•  

the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC; 
changes in, or failure to meet, earnings estimates or recommendations by research analysts who track our common stock 
or the stock of other companies in our industry; 
the failure of research analysts to cover our common stock; 

strategic actions by us, our customers or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings; 

•  
•   general economic, industry and market conditions; 
•  
•   new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business; 
•  
•   material litigation or government investigations; 
•  

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; 

changes in general conditions in the United States and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting 
from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to such events; 
•  
changes in key personnel; 
•  
sales of common stock by us, our principal stockholder or members of our management team; 
•  
the granting or exercise of employee stock options; 
•   payment of liabilities for which we are self-insured; 
•   volume of trading in our common stock; 
•  
•  

threats to, or impairments of, our intellectual property; and 
the impact of the factors described elsewhere in “Risk Factors.” 

In addition, in recent years, the stock market has regularly experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility 
has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in our industry. The 
changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. Hence, the price of our 
common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us and these fluctuations could materially 
reduce our share price. 

The requirements of being a public company have increased certain of our costs and require significant management focus. 

As  a  public  company,  our  legal,  accounting  and  other  expenses  associated  with  compliance-related  and  other  activities  have 
increased. For example, in connection with our IPO, we created new board of directors ("Board") committees and appointed an 
independent director to comply with the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ. Costs to obtain director and officer 
liability insurance have contributed to our increased costs. As a result of the associated liability, it may be more difficult for us to 
attract  and  retain  qualified  persons  to  serve  on  our  Board  or  as  executive  officers.  Advocacy  efforts  by  stockholders  and  third 
parties  may  also  prompt  even  more  changes  in  governance  and  reporting  requirements,  which  could  further  increase  our 
compliance costs. 

We are exempt from certain corporate governance requirements since we are a “controlled company” within the meaning 
of  the  NASDAQ  rules  and,  as  a  result,  you  will  not  have  the  protections  afforded  by  these  corporate  governance 
requirements. 

Gores  Holdings,  an  affiliate  of  Gores,  holds  a  majority  of  our  common  stock.  As  a  result,  we  are  considered  a  “controlled 
company” for the purposes of the listing requirements of the NASDAQ. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of 
the  voting  power  is  held  by  a  group  is  a  “controlled  company”  and  may  elect  not  to  comply  with  certain  corporate  governance 
requirements  of  the  NASDAQ,  including  the  requirements  that  our  Board,  our  Compensation  Committee  and  our  Corporate 
Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  meet  the  standard  of  independence  established  by  those  corporate  governance 
requirements. The independence standards are intended to ensure that directors who meet the independence standard are free of 
any  conflicting  interest  that  could  influence  their  actions  as  directors.  Accordingly,  you  may  not  have  the  same  protections 
afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ's corporate governance requirements. 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  majority  stockholder,  Gores  Holdings,  has  the  ability  to  control  significant  corporate  activities  and  its  majority 
stockholder's interests may not coincide with yours. 

Gores  Holdings  and  its  affiliates  beneficially  owned  approximately  61.2%  of  our  common  stock  as  of  February  28,  2014.  As  a 
result of its current ownership, Gores Holdings (and indirectly, Gores, given its control of Gores Holdings), so long as it holds a
majority of our outstanding shares, will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and, 
through our Board, the ability to control decision-making with respect to our business direction and policies. 

Matters over which Gores Holdings (and indirectly, Gores, given its control of Gores Holdings) can exercise control include: 

election of directors; 

•  
•   mergers and other business combination transactions, including proposed transactions that would result in our 

stockholders receiving a premium price for their shares; 
•   other acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or assets; 
•  
•  
•  

incurrence of indebtedness and the issuance of equity securities; 
repurchase of stock and payment of dividends; and 
the issuance of shares to management under the Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan 
("2013 Incentive Plan"). 

Even  if  Gores  Holdings'  ownership  of  our  shares  falls  below  a  majority,  it  may  continue  to  be  able  to  strongly  influence  or 
effectively  control  our  decisions.  In  addition,  Gores  Holdings  has  a  contractual  right  to  designate  a  number  of  directors 
proportionate to its stock ownership. 

Conflicts of interest may arise because some of our directors are affiliated with our largest stockholder. 

Messrs. Freedman, Meyer and Yager, who are officers or employees of Gores or its affiliates, serve on our Board. Gores controls 
Gores  Holdings,  our  majority  stockholder.  Gores  or  its  affiliates  may  hold  equity  interests  in  entities  that  directly  or  indirectly 
compete with us, and companies in which it or one of its affiliates is an investor or may invest in the future may begin competing 
with us or become customers of or vendors to the Company. As a result of these relationships, when conflicts between the interests 
of  Gores,  on  the  one  hand,  and  of  our  other  stockholders,  on  the  other  hand,  arise,  these  directors  may  not  be  disinterested. 
Although our directors and officers have a duty of loyalty to us under Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of 
incorporation, transactions that we enter into in which a director or officer has a conflict of interest are generally permissible so 
long as (i) the material facts relating to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest as to the transaction are disclosed to our 
Board  and  a  majority  of  our  disinterested  directors  approves  the  transaction,  (ii) the  material  facts  relating  to  the  director’s  or 
officer’s  relationship  or  interest  as  to  the  transaction  are  disclosed  to  our  stockholders  and  a  majority  of  our  disinterested 
stockholders  approve  the  transaction  or  (iii) the  transaction  is  otherwise  fair  to  us.  Our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of 
incorporation also provides that any principal, officer, member, manager and/or employee of Gores or any entity that controls, is 
controlled by or under common control with Gores or any investment funds managed by Gores will not be required to offer any 
transaction opportunity of which they become aware to us and could take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to other 
companies in which they have an investment, unless such opportunity is offered to them solely in their capacities as our directors. 

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock. 

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we intend to retain future 
earnings to fund our growth. In addition, our existing indebtedness restricts, and we anticipate our future indebtedness may restrict, 
our  ability  to  pay  dividends.  Therefore,  you  may  not  receive  a  return  on  your  investment  in  our  common  stock  by  receiving  a 
payment of dividends. 

Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. does not conduct any substantive operations and, as a result, its ability to pay dividends is 
dependent upon the financial results and cash flows of its operating subsidiaries and the distribution or other payment of cash to it 
in the form of dividends or otherwise. The direct and indirect subsidiaries of Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. are separate and 
distinct legal entities and have no obligation to make any funds available to the Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. 

Future  sales  of  our  common  stock,  or  the  perception  in  the  public  markets  that  these  sales  may  occur,  may  depress  our 
stock price. 

Sales  of  substantial  amounts  of  our  common  stock  in  the  public  market,  or  the  perception  that  these  sales  could  occur,  could 
adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. 
As of February 28, 2014, there were 26,112,007 shares of our common stock outstanding. Our pre-IPO investors own as many as 
18,062,007  of  these  shares,  with  approximately  15,988,767  of  these  shares  beneficially  owned  by  affiliates  of  Gores.  Gores’ 

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
affiliates  have  the  right  to  require  us  to  register  their  shares,  and  our  other  pre-IPO  stockholders  have  the  right  to  include  their 
shares in any such registration. Sales by such Gores’ affiliates or our other pre-IPO stockholders of a substantial number of shares 
could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock.

We also have 1,249,489 registered shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2013 Incentive Plan as of February 
28,  2014,  not  including  shares  underlying  outstanding  stock  options  and  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”).  In  addition,  as  of 
February  28,  2014,  there  were  issued  and  outstanding  approximately  (i)  47,634  shares  of  restricted  stock,  (ii) 10,000  RSUs  that 
convert into common stock upon vesting, and (iii) 492,877 options for the purchase of common stock under the 2013 Incentive 
Plan. Upon vesting, conversion or exercise as applicable, such registered shares can be freely sold in the public market. If a large 
number of these shares are sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. 

Our future operating results may fluctuate significantly and our current operating results may not be a good indication of 
our future performance. Fluctuations in our quarterly financial results could affect our stock price in the future. 

Our revenues and operating results have historically varied from period-to-period and we expect that they will continue to do so as 
a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. If our quarterly financial results or our predictions of 
future  financial  results  fail  to  meet  the  expectations  of  securities  analysts  and  investors,  our  stock  price  could  be  negatively 
affected. Any volatility in our quarterly financial results may make it more difficult for us to raise capital in the future or pursue 
acquisitions that involve issuances of our stock. Our operating results for prior periods may not be effective predictors of  future 
performance. 

Factors associated with our industry, the operation of our business and the markets for our products and services may cause our 
quarterly financial results to fluctuate, including: 

•  
•  
•  

the seasonal and cyclical nature of the homebuilding industry; 
the highly competitive nature of our industry; 
the volatility of prices, availability and affordability of raw materials, including lumber, wood products and other building 
products; 
shortages of skilled and technical labor, increased labor costs and labor disruptions; 
the production schedules of our customers; 

•  
•  
•   general economic conditions, including but not limited to housing starts, repair and remodeling activity and light 
commercial construction, inventory levels of new and existing homes for sale, foreclosure rates, interest rates, 
unemployment rates, relative currency values, mortgage availability and pricing, as well as other consumer financing 
mechanisms, that ultimately affect demand for our products; 
actions of suppliers, customers and competitors, including merger and acquisition activities, plant closures and financial 
failures; 
litigation, claims and investigations involving the Company; 
the financial condition and creditworthiness of our customers; 
cost of compliance with government laws and regulations; 

•  

•  
•  
•  
•   weather patterns; and 
•  

severe weather phenomena such as drought, hurricanes, tornadoes and fire. 

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors referred to above may result in significant fluctuations 
in our quarterly financial and other operating results, including fluctuations in our key metrics. The variability and unpredictability 
could result in our failing to meet our internal operating plan or the expectations of securities analysts or investors for any period. 
If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our shares could fall substantially 
and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits. 

Certain provisions of our organizational documents and other contractual provisions may make it difficult for stockholders 
to change the composition of our Board and may discourage hostile takeover attempts that some of our stockholders may 
consider to be beneficial. 

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have the effect 
of delaying or preventing changes in control if our Board determines that such changes in control are not in the best interests of us 
and our stockholders. The provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws 
include, among other things, the following: 

•  
•  

a classified Board with three-year staggered terms; 
the ability of our Board to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms, including 
preferences and voting rights, of those shares without stockholder approval; 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  

•  
•  

•  
•  

stockholder action can only be taken at a special or regular meeting and not by written consent following the time that 
Gores Holdings and its affiliates cease to beneficially own a majority of our common stock; 
advance notice procedures for nominating candidates to our Board or presenting matters at stockholder meetings; 
removal of directors only for cause following the time that Gores Holdings and its affiliates cease to beneficially own a 
majority of our common stock; 
allowing only our Board to fill vacancies on our Board; and 
following the time that Gores Holdings and its affiliates cease to beneficially own a majority of our common stock, super-
majority voting requirements to amend our amended and restated bylaws and certain provisions of our amended and 
restated certificate of incorporation. 

In addition, we have entered into a Director Nomination Agreement with Gores Holdings that provides Gores Holdings the right to 
designate nominees for election to our Board for so long as Gores Holdings beneficially owns 10% or more of the total number of 
shares of our common stock then outstanding. 

We have elected in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General 
Corporation Law , an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a 
business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period 
of  three  years  following  the  date  the  person  became  an  interested  stockholder,  unless  (with  certain  exceptions)  the  business 
combination  or  the  transaction  in  which  the  person  became  an  interested  stockholder  is  approved  in  a  prescribed  manner. 
Accordingly,  we  are  not  subject  to  any  anti-takeover  effects  of  Section 203.  However,  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of 
incorporation  contains  provisions  that  have  the  same  effect  as  Section 203,  except  that  they  provide  that  Gores  Holdings,  its 
affiliates (including any investment funds managed by Gores) and any person that becomes an interested stockholder as a result of 
a transfer of 5% or more of our voting stock by the forgoing persons to such person are excluded from the “interested stockholder” 
definition in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and are therefore not subject to the restrictions set forth therein 
that have the same effect as Section 203. 

While these provisions have the effect of encouraging persons seeking to acquire control of our Company to negotiate with our 
Board, they could enable the Board to hinder or frustrate a transaction that some, or a majority, of the stockholders might believe 
to be in their best interests and, in that case, may prevent or discourage attempts to remove and replace incumbent directors. 

These  provisions  may  frustrate  or  prevent  any  attempts  by  our  stockholders  to  replace  or  remove  our  current  management  by 
making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our Board, which is responsible for appointing the members of our 
management. 

Any  issuance  of  preferred  stock  could  make  it  difficult  for  another  company  to  acquire  us  or  could  otherwise  adversely 
affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock. 

Our Board has the authority to issue preferred stock and to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of shares of 
preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote 
or action by our stockholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to 
the  rights  of  our  common  stock.  The  potential  issuance  of  preferred  stock  may  delay  or  prevent  a  change  in  control  of  us, 
discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price, and adversely affect the market price and the voting 
and other rights of the holders of our common stock. 

Failure  to  establish  and  maintain  effective  internal  controls  in  accordance  with  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act 
could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price. 

We  are  not  currently  required  to  comply  with  the  rules  of  the  SEC  implementing  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  and 
therefore are not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that 
purpose. We are required, however, to comply with the SEC's rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which 
require  management  to  certify  financial  and  other  information  in  our  quarterly  and  annual  reports.  Though  we  are  required  to 
disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual 
assessment  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  pursuant  to  Section  404  until  our  fiscal  year  2014  annual  report.  To 
comply  with  these  requirements,  we  may  need  to  undertake  various  actions,  such  as  implementing  new  internal  controls  and 
procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining internal control could divert our management's 
attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. 

Our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest formally to the effectiveness of our internal controls 
over financial reporting beginning with our fiscal year 2014 annual report, as the phase-in period to comply with that requirement 
will have expired because our gross revenues exceeded $1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2013 and therefore, we are no 

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
longer an "emerging growth company." At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is 
adverse, in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. If we are unable 
to  conclude  that  we  have  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  we  may  suffer  adverse  consequences  including:  our 
independent registered public accounting firm may be required to note a finding of a material weakness, we may fail to meet our 
public  reporting  obligations  and/or  investors  could  lose  confidence  in  our  reported  financial  information,  which  could  have  a 
negative effect on the trading price of our stock. We had a material weakness in the past that we remediated during the third and 
fourth quarters of 2013. 

Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how 
well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. 
Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  in  all  control  systems,  no  evaluation  of  controls  can  provide  absolute  assurance  that 
misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected. If we are unable 
to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements, and we 
or  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  may  conclude  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  not 
effective. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations 
by NASDAQ, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. 

Our  business  and  stock  price  may  suffer  as  a  result  of  our  lack  of  public  company  operating  experience.  In  addition,  if 
securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, 
our stock price and trading volume could decline. 

Prior  to  the  completion  of  our  IPO  in  August  2013,  we  were  a  privately-held  company.  Our  limited  public  company  operating 
experience may make it difficult to forecast and evaluate our future prospects. If we are unable to execute our business strategy, 
either as a result of our inability to manage effectively our business in a public company environment or for any other reason, our 
business, prospects, financial condition and operating results may be harmed. In addition, as a new public company we may lose 
research  coverage  by  securities  and  industry  analysts.  If  we  lose  securities  or  industry  analyst  coverage  of  our  Company,  the 
trading price for our stock may be negatively impacted. If we maintain or obtain new or additional securities or industry analyst 
coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research 
about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish 
reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2.   Properties 

We  have  a  broad  network  of  distribution  and  manufacturing  operations  across  69  facilities  in  14 states  throughout  the  eastern, 
southern and western United States. These branches are supported from our headquarters in Raleigh, North Carolina. Many of our 
operations are co-located within a single facility: we have 48 distribution and retail operations, 20 millwork fabrication operations, 
14  structural  component  fabrication  operations,  and  15  flooring  distribution  operations.  Our  distribution  and  manufacturing 
facilities and their related uses as of January 31, 2014, are summarized in the table below: 

Facility use 

Approximate 
aggregate 
square 
footage of 
buildings 
(millions) 

Distribution 
& retail 
operations 

Millwork 
fabrication   

Structural 
components 
fabrication   

Flooring 
operations 

0.27  
0.34  
0.00    
0.30  
0.04  
0.01    
0.10  
0.86  
0.17  
0.30  
1.42  
0.37  
0.33  
0.05  
0.04    
4.60  

1  
11  

3  
1    

1  
5  
1    
4  
10  
6  
4  
1  

1    
2  

2  

1  
1  

1  
4  
4  
3  
1    

1    

2    

1    
2  
1  
1  
3    
2    
1  

1 

1 

2 

5 

1 

3 

2 

48  

20  

14  

15 

Total # of 
Properties   
1  
13  
1  
4  
1  
2  
2  
11  
1  
8  
10  
8  
6  
1  
1  
70  

State 

Arkansas 
California 

Florida 
Georgia 

Idaho 

Maryland 
New Mexico 

North Carolina 

Pennsylvania 

South Carolina 
Texas 

Utah 

Virginia 
Washington 

Raleigh, NC Corporate Office 

Total 

Distribution  and  retail  facilities  generally  include  five  to  25 acres  of  outside  storage,  a  30,000  to  60,000 square  foot  warehouse, 
office and product display space, and 15,000 to 30,000 square feet of covered storage. The outside area provides space for lumber 
storage  and  a  staging  area  for  delivery  while  the  warehouse  stores  millwork,  windows  and  doors.  The  distribution  facilities  are 
usually  located  in  industrial  areas  with  low  cost  real  estate  and  easy  access  to  freeways  to  maximize  distribution  efficiency  and 
convenience.  In  most  markets,  at  least  one  of  the  distribution  and  retail  facilities  is  situated  on  a  rail  line  to  facilitate  the 
procurement of dimensional lumber in rail car quantities and minimize our cost of goods. 

Our fabrication operations produce roof and floor trusses, wall panels, pre-cut engineered wood, stairs, windows, pre-hung interior 
and  exterior  doors  and  custom  millwork.  In  most  cases,  they  are  located  on  the  same  premises  as  our  distribution  and  retail 
facilities, which facilitates the efficient distribution of product to customers. Millwork fabrication operations typically vary in size 
from  5,000  square  feet  to  50,000  square  feet  of  warehouse  space  to  accommodate  fabrication  lines  and  the  storage  of  base 
components and finished goods. Structural component fabrication operations vary in size from 20,000 square feet to 50,000 square 
feet with five to 25 acres of outside storage for lumber and for finished goods. 

We lease 58 facilities and own 12 facilities. Our leases typically have an initial operating lease term of five to 10 years and most 
provide options to renew for specified periods of time. A majority of our leases provide for fixed annual rentals. Certain of our 
leases  include  provisions  for  escalating  rent,  as  an  example,  based  on  changes  in  the  consumer  price  index.  Most  of  the  leases 
require us to pay taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses associated with the properties. 

As  of  January  31,  2014,  we  operate  a  fleet  of  approximately  578  trucks  to  deliver  products  from  our  distribution  and 
manufacturing centers to job sites. Through our emphasis on efficient scheduling and material handling processes and strategically 
placed locations, we minimize shipping and freight costs, which are largely passed onto our customers, while maintaining a high 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
degree  of  local  market  expertise.  We  also  employ  a  sales,  inventory  and  operations  planning  process  to  forecast  local  customer 
demand and adjust product replenishment levels, thereby minimizing working capital requirements while guarding against out-of-
stock products. We believe that this reliability is highly valued by our customers and reinforces customer relationships. 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

We  are  currently  involved  in  various  claims,  legal  proceedings  and  lawsuits  incidental  to  the  conduct  of  our  business  in  the 
ordinary course. We are a defendant in various pending lawsuits, legal proceedings and claims arising from assertions of alleged 
product liability, warranty, casualty, construction defect, contract, tort, employment and other claims. We carry insurance in such 
amounts in excess of our self-insurance as we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances although insurance may or may not 
cover any or all of our liabilities in respect of claims and lawsuits.  We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters 
will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, cash flows or operating results. 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

27 

 
 
PART II 

Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Market Information for Common Stock 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “STCK”. The table below sets forth the high and 
low sales prices of our common stock for the periods indicated: 

Third Quarter 2013 (from August 9, 2013) 

Fourth Quarter 2013 

Holders of Record 

High 

$15.50 

$19.02 

Low 

$12.74 

$12.45 

As of February 28, 2014, there were approximately 15 stockholders of record of our common stock. Because many of our shares of 
common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of 
beneficial owners represented by these record holders. 

Dividend Policy 

We do not plan to pay a regular dividend on our common stock. The declaration and payment of all future dividends, if any, will 
be  at  the  discretion  of  our  Board  and  will  depend  upon  our  financial  condition,  earnings,  contractual  conditions,  restrictions 
imposed by the Credit Agreement or applicable laws and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. 

Additionally, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions on 
the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us, including restrictions under the terms of the agreements 
governing  our  indebtedness.  See  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations—
Liquidity and capital resources—Revolving credit facility.” Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of 
our  Board,  subject  to  compliance  with  covenants  in  current  and  future  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness,  and  will  depend 
upon our operating results, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board deems relevant. 

Stock Performance Graph 

The following graph shows a comparison from August 9, 2013 (the date trading commenced on our common stock on NASDAQ) 
through December 31, 2013 of the cumulative return for our common stock, the Russell 2000 Index and the S&P 600 Building 
Products Index (ticker symbol "^SP600-201020"). The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common stock 
and in each of the indices (with the reinvestment of dividends). 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 
2013  and  2012  and  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011  have  been  derived  from  our  audited  consolidated 
financial statements included as Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Selected consolidated financial data as of December 
31, 2011 and 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2010 were derived from our consolidated financial statements, which are 
not included herein. 

The following data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations" contained in Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and with our consolidated financial statements and related 
notes included as Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

(in thousands, expect per share data) 
Statement of operations data: 

Net sales 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Loss from continuing operations 

Loss from continuing operations per share - basic and diluted 

Statement of cash flows data: 

Net cash provided by (used in): 

Operating activities 

Investing activities 

Financing activities 

Other financial data: 

Depreciation and amortization 

Capital expenditures 

EBITDA (1) 

Adjusted EBITDA (1) 

Balance sheet data (at period end): 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total current assets 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation 

Total assets 

Total debt (including current portion) 

Redeemable preferred stock 

Total stockholders' equity 

Year Ended December 31, 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

  $ 1,197,037      $     942,398      $     759,982       $    751,706  
164,014  
246,338  
(65,780 ) 
  $         (0.38 )     $         (1.83 )     $         (2.07 )     $         (3.01 ) 

274,403   
254,935   
(5,036 )  

168,965   
213,036   
(41,931 )  

214,728   
221,192   
(14,582 )  

  $     (40,264 )     $     (12,243 )     $       (7,001 )     $    (57,999 ) 
8,093  
(20,415 ) 

(1,863 )  
40,574   

(4,861 )  
14,838   

7,322   
138   

  $      12,060      $        1,718      $      16,188      $     36,149  
2,506  
(79,733 ) 
(57,987 ) 

1,339   
(45,435 )  
(30,799 )  

7,448   
14,092   
27,803   

2,741   
(6,862 )  
1,993   

  $       1,138      $        2,691      $       4,957      $       4,498  
188,227  
72,821  
294,970  
15,174  
50,809  
122,229  

227,134   
56,039   
318,540   
66,323   
—   
127,681   

155,455   
57,759   
254,641   
35,915   
54,997   
51,426   

194,345   
55,076   
286,012   
79,182   
41,477   
34,164   

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
(1) 

EBITDA  is  defined  as  net  loss  before  interest  expense,  income  tax  expense  (benefit)  and  depreciation  and  amortization.  Adjusted 
EBITDA  is  defined  as  EBITDA  plus  impairment  of  assets  held  for  sale,  initial  public  offering  ("IPO")  transaction-related  costs, 
restructuring  expense,  bargain  purchase  gain,  discontinued  operations,  net  of  taxes,  management  fees,  non-cash  compensation 
expense, acquisition costs, severance and other expense related to store closures and business optimization, other expense related to 
reduction of a tax indemnification asset and other items. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are intended as supplemental measures of 
our  performance  that  are  not  required  by,  or  presented  in  accordance  with,  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United 
States  (“GAAP”).  We  believe  that  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  provide  useful  information  to  management  and  investors 
regarding  certain  financial  and  business  trends  relating  to  our  financial  condition  and  operating  results.  Our  management  uses 
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to compare our performance to that of prior periods for trend analyses, for purposes of determining 
management incentive compensation and for budgeting and planning purposes. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are used in monthly 
financial  reports  prepared  for  management  and  our  Board.  We  believe  that  the  use  of  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  provide 
additional tools for investors to use in evaluating ongoing operating results and trends and in comparing our financial measures with 
other  distribution  and  retail  companies,  which  may  present  similar  non-GAAP  financial  measures  to  investors.  However,  our 
calculation  of  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  are  not  necessarily  comparable  to  similarly  titled  measures  reported  by  other 
companies. Our management does not consider EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in isolation or as alternatives to financial measures 
determined in accordance with GAAP. The principal limitation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is that they exclude significant 
expenses and income that are required by GAAP to be recorded in the Company’s financial statements. Some of these limitations are: 
(i) EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (ii) EBITDA and 
Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our interest expense, or the requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our 
debt;  (iii) EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  do  not  reflect  our  income  tax  expenses  or  the  cash  requirements  to  pay  our  taxes; 
(iv) EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  do  not  reflect  historical  cash  expenditures  or  future  requirements  for  capital  expenditure  or 
contractual commitments and (v) although depreciation and amortization charges are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated 
and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements 
for  such  replacements.  In  order  to  compensate  for  these  limitations,  management  presents  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  in 
conjunction  with  GAAP  results.  You  should  review  the  reconciliation  of  net  loss  to  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  below,  and 
should not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. 

30 

 
 
 
The following is a reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA: 

(dollars in thousands) 

Net loss 

Interest expense 

Income tax expense (benefit) 

Depreciation and amortization 

EBITDA 

Impairment of assets held for sale (a) 

IPO transaction-related costs (b) 

Restructuring expense 

Bargain purchase gain (c) 

Discontinued operations, net of taxes 

Management fees (d) 

Non-cash compensation expense 

Acquisition costs (e) 

Year ended December 31, 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

4,037   
(8,084 )  
11,718   

3,793   
2,874   
12,060   

2,842   
(22,332 )  
16,188   

  $       (4,635 )     $     (14,533 )     $     (42,133 )     $     (69,994 ) 
1,575  
(47,463 ) 
36,149  
  $      14,092      $       (6,862 )     $     (45,435 )     $     (79,733 ) 
2,944  
—  
7,089  
(11,223 ) 
4,214  
2,597  
288  
4,086  

432   
10,008   
141   
—   
(401 )  
1,307   
1,049   
257   

361   
—   
2,853   
—   
(49 )  
1,379   
1,305   
284   

580   
—   
1,349   
—   
202   
2,406   
384   
1,017   

Severance  and  other  expense  related  to  store  closures  and 
business optimization (f) 

Reduction of tax indemnification asset (g) 

Other items (h) 

Adjusted EBITDA 

1,113 
—   
(195 )  
  $      27,803     

2,375 
347   
—   

12,642 
3,056  
(3,947 ) 
$      1,993      $     (30,799 )     $     (57,987 ) 

6,761 
1,937   
—   

(a) 

Impairment of assets held for sale represents the write down of such assets to the lower of depreciated cost or estimated fair value less 
expected disposition costs. See Note 9 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(b)  Represents a $9.0 million fee for terminating our management services agreement with Gores and $1.0 million of other IPO transaction-

related costs for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

Represents the excess of the net assets acquired over the purchase price of certain assets and liabilities of National Home Centers, Inc. 
(“NHC”) in April 2010. 

Represents  the  expense  for  management  services  provided  by  Gores  and  by  Wolseley  through  August  2013  and  November  2011, 
respectively, and professional services provided by an affiliate of Gores. 

Represents  (i)  $0.3  million  for  each  of  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012  related  to  the  acquisitions  of  Total  Building 
Services  Group,  LLC  ("TBSG")  and  Chesapeake  Structural  Systems,  Inc.,  Creative  Wood  Products,  LLC  and  Chestruc,  LLC 
(collectively “Chesapeake”), (ii) $0.8 million and $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 related to an abandoned acquisition 
and the acquisition of Bison Building Materials, LLC ("Bison"), respectively, and (iii) $2.1 million and $2.0 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2010 related to the acquisition of NHC and Bison, respectively. 

Represents (i) $0.2 million, $0.5 million, $2.0 million and $1.6 million of severance expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 
2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, (ii) $0.9 million, $1.8 million, $3.9 million and $7.7 million related to closed locations, consisting of 
pre-tax  losses  incurred  during  closure  and  post-closure  activities,  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013,  2012,  2011  and  2010, 
respectively,  (iii) $1.4 million loss on the sale of land and buildings for the year ended December 31, 2010 and (iv) $0, $0, $0.9 million 
and  $1.9  million  of  business  organization  expenses,  primarily  consulting  fees  related  to  cost  saving  initiatives,  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. 

(g)  Represents expense related to the reduction of a tax indemnification asset, with a corresponding increase in income tax benefit, for the 
years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. This indemnification asset corresponds to the long-term liability related to uncertain tax 
positions  for  which  Wolseley  had  indemnified  the  Company,  which  was  reduced  upon  the  expiration  of  the  statute  of  limitations  for 
certain tax periods. See Note 15 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(h)  Represents (i) a gain of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 related to the reduction of an earnout liability associated with 
the  TBSG  acquisition  and  (ii)  $4.6  million  received  as  proceeds  from  the  settlement  of  a  legal  proceeding  offset  by  $0.7  million  of 
expenses related to the Company's prepackaged reorganization for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

You  should  read  this  discussion  and  analysis  in  conjunction  with  our  historical  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  notes 
thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis covers periods prior to our initial 
public offering and related transactions. As a result, the discussion and analysis of historical periods does not reflect the impact 
that the offering, our conversion to a corporation and other related transactions will have on us. Our historical results may not be 
indicative  of  our  future  performance.  This  discussion  and  analysis  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks, 
uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result 
of many factors. Our risk factors are set forth in “Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.” 

Overview 

We  are  a  large,  diversified  LBM  distributor  and  solutions  provider  that  sells  to  new  construction  and  repair  and  remodeling 
contractors. We carry a broad line of products and have operations throughout the United States. Our primary products are lumber 
& lumber sheet goods, millwork, doors, flooring, windows, structural components such as EWP, trusses and wall panels and other 
exterior products. Additionally, we provide solution-based services to our customers, including design, product specification and 
installation  management  services.  We  serve  a  broad  customer  base,  including  large-scale  production  homebuilders,  custom 
homebuilders  and  repair  and  remodeling  contractors.  We  offer  approximately  39,000  SKUs,  as  well  as  a  broad  range  of 
customized  products,  all  sourced  through  our  strategic  network  of  suppliers,  which  together  with  our  various  solution-based 
services,  represent  approximately  50%  of  the  construction  cost  of  a  typical  new  home.  By  enabling  our  customers  to  source  a 
significant portion of their materials and services from one supplier, we have positioned ourselves as the supply partner of choice 
for many of our customers. 

We  have  operations  in  14  states,  which  states  accounted  for  approximately  56%  of  2013  U.S.  single-family  housing  permits 
according  to  the  U.S.  Census  Bureau.  In  these  14  states,  we  operate  in  21  metropolitan  areas  that  we  believe  have  an  attractive 
potential for economic growth based on population trends and above-average employment growth. 

Primarily as a result of the improving conditions in the residential construction market, our net sales for the year  ended December 
31, 2013 increased 27.0%. We estimate sales increased 19.6% due to volume, including acquisitions, and 7.4% due to commodity 
price inflation. Our gross margin was 22.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 22.8% for the prior year period. 
Our selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of our net sales declined to 21.3% for the year ended December 
31, 2013 as compared to 23.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as we successfully leveraged the increase in our net sales 
across the fixed elements of our operating cost base. 

We  recorded  income  from  operations  of  $0.8  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  compared  with  a  loss  from 
operations of $18.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The income from operations for the year ended December 
31, 2013 included $10.0 million in IPO transaction-related expenses as compared to $0 for the year ended December 31, 2012. See 
further discussion in “-Operating Results” below. 

On August 14, 2013, we issued 4,411,765 shares of common stock in our IPO. In connection with our IPO, we received proceeds 
of  $55.2  million,  net  of  underwriting  discounts  and  offering  expenses.  At  December  31,  2013,  we  had  $1.1  million  of  cash  and 
cash  equivalents  and  $71.0  million  of  unused  borrowing  capacity  under  our  Revolver.  We  used  $1.6  million  of  cash  during  the 
year ended December 31, 2013, as cash provided by net proceeds from our IPO was partially offset by cash used for operations of 
$40.3  million,  and  net  repayments  on  our  Revolver  of  $13.1  million.  These  changes  are  discussed  further  in  "—Liquidity  and 
Capital Resources" below. 

Factors affecting our operating results 

Our operating results and financial performance are influenced by a variety of factors, including, among others, conditions in the 
housing market and economic conditions generally, changes in the cost of the products we sell (particularly commodity products), 
pricing policies of our competitors, production schedules of our customers and seasonality. Some of the more important factors are 
briefly discussed below. 

Conditions in the housing and construction market 
The  building  products  supply  and  services  industry  is  highly  dependent  on  new  home  construction  and  repair  and  remodeling 
activity, which in turn are dependent upon a number of factors, including interest rates, consumer confidence, employment rates, 
foreclosure rates, housing inventory levels, housing demand, the availability of land, the availability of construction financing and 
the health of the economy and mortgage markets. The homebuilding industry underwent a significant downturn that began in mid-
2006  and  began  to  stabilize  in  late  2011.  According  to  the  U.S.  Census  Bureau,  single-family  housing  starts  in  2013,  2012  and 
2011 were 0.62 million, 0.54 million and 0.43 million respectively, which was significantly less than the 50-year average rate of 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
approximately 1.0 million. There remains uncertainty regarding the timing and extent of any recovery in construction and repair 
and remodeling activity and resulting product demand levels. Many industry forecasters expect to see continued improvement in 
housing  demand  over  the  next  few  years.  For  example,  as  of  December  2013,  McGraw-Hill  Construction  forecasts  that  U.S. 
single-family  housing  starts  will  increase  to  1.0 million  by  2015.  We  believe  there  are  several  trends  that  indicate  U.S.  housing 
demand will likely recover in the long term and that the recent downturn in the housing industry is likely a trough in the cyclical 
nature of the residential construction industry. We believe that these trends are supported by positive economic and demographic 
indicators  that  are  beginning  to  take  hold  in  many  of  the  markets  in  which  we  operate.  These  indicators,  which  we  believe  are 
typically indicative of housing market strength, include declining unemployment rates, rising home values, rebounding household 
formations and a favorable consumer interest rate environment supporting affordability and home ownership. 

Overall economic conditions in the markets where we operate 
Economic  changes  both  nationally  and  locally  in  our  markets  impact  our  financial  performance.  Unfavorable  changes  in 
demographics,  credit  markets,  consumer  confidence,  health  care  costs,  housing  affordability,  housing  inventory  levels,  a 
weakening of the national economy or of any regional or local economy in which we operate and other factors beyond our control 
could adversely affect consumer spending, result in decreased demand for homes and adversely affect our business. We believe 
continued  employment  growth,  prospective  home  buyers’  access  to  financing  and  improved  consumer  confidence  will  be 
necessary to increase household formation rates. Improved household formation rates in turn will increase demand for housing and 
stimulate new construction. 

Commodity nature of our products 
Many of the building products we distribute, including lumber, OSB, plywood and particleboard, are commodities that are widely 
available  from  other  manufacturers  or  distributors  with  prices  and  volumes  determined  frequently  based  on  participants’ 
perceptions  of  short-term  supply  and  demand  factors.  A  shortage  of  capacity  or  excess  capacity  in  the  industry  can  result  in 
significant  increases  or  declines  in  market  prices  for  those  products,  often  within  a  short  period  of  time.  Prices  of  commodity 
products can also change as a result of national and international economic conditions, labor and freight costs, competition, market 
speculation, government regulation and trade policies, as well as from periodic delays in the delivery of lumber and other products. 
Short-term changes in the cost of these materials, some of which are subject to significant fluctuations, are sometimes passed on to 
our customers, but our pricing quotation periods and pricing pressure from our competitors may limit our ability to pass on such 
price  changes.  For  example,  from  time  to  time  we  enter  into  extended  pricing  commitments,  which  could  compress  our  gross 
margins in periods of inflation. 

The  following  table  reflects  changes  in  the  average  composite  framing  lumber  prices  (per  thousand  board  feet)  and  average 
composite  structural  panel  prices  (per  thousand  square  feet).  This  composite  calculation  is  based  on  index  prices  for  OSB  and 
plywood as reported by Random Lengths for the periods noted below. 

Change in framing lumber prices 

Change in structural panel prices 

Year ended December 31, 

2013 
average 
price 
  $     384   
  $     426   

2013 
versus 
2012 

2012 
average 
price 

2012 
versus 
2011 

2011 
average 
price 

2011 
versus 
2010 

19 %     $     322   
11 %     $     384   

18 %     $     272   
32 %     $     292   

(4 )% 

(10 )% 

Periods of increasing prices provide the opportunity for higher sales and increased gross profit, while periods of declining prices 
may  result  in  declines  in  sales  and  profitability.  In  particular,  low  market  prices  for  wood  products  over  a  sustained  period  can 
adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows, as can excessive spikes in market prices. The increase in 
lumber and panel prices during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared with the same period in 2012, was one component of 
our improved net sales and gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013, which increased $254.6 million and $59.7 million, 
respectively. For further discussion of the impact of commodity prices on historical periods, see “-Operating results.” 

Consolidation of large homebuilders 
Over  the  past  ten  years,  the  homebuilding  industry  has  undergone  consolidation  and  many  larger  homebuilders  have  increased 
their market share. We expect that trend to continue as larger homebuilders have better liquidity and land positions relative to the 
smaller,  less  capitalized  homebuilders.  Our  focus  is  on  maintaining  relationships  and  market  share  with  these  customers  while 
balancing  the  competitive  pressures  we  face  in  our  markets  with  certain  profitability  expectations.  Our  sales  to  production 
homebuilders, which include many of the country’s largest 100 homebuilders, increased approximately 29% on a year-over-year 
basis  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  compared  to  an  increase  in  actual  U.S.  single-family  housing  starts  of 
approximately 15% during the same period. We expect that our ability to maintain strong relationships with the largest builders 
will be vital to our ability to expand into new markets as well as grow our market share. While we generate significant sales from 
these homebuilders, our gross margins on sales to them tend to be lower than our gross margins on sales to other market segments. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This could impact our gross margins as homebuilding recovers if the market share held by the production homebuilders continues 
to increase. 

Our ability to control expenses 
We  pay  close  attention  to  managing  our  working  capital  and  operating  expenses.  We  employ  a  LEAN  process  operating 
philosophy,  which  encourages  continuous  improvement  in  our  core  processes  to  minimize  waste,  improve  customer  service, 
increase  expense  productivity,  improve  working  capital  and  maximize  profitability  and  cash  flow.  We  regularly  analyze  our 
workforce productivity to achieve the optimum, cost-efficient labor mix for our facilities. Further, we pay careful attention to our 
logistics  function  and  have  implemented  GPS-based  technology  to  improve  customer  service  and  improve  productivity  of  our 
shipping and handling costs. 

Mix of products sold 
We typically realize greater gross margins on more highly engineered and customized products, or ancillary products that are often 
purchased based on convenience and are therefore less price sensitive to our customers. For example, sales of lumber & lumber 
sheet goods tend to generate lower gross margins due to their commodity nature and the relatively low switching costs of sourcing 
those products from different suppliers. Structural components and millwork & other interior products often generate higher gross 
profit dollars relative to other products. Homebuilders often use structural components in order to realize increased efficiency and 
improved  quality.  Shortening  cycle  time  from  start  to  completion  is  a  key  imperative  of  homebuilders  during  periods  of  strong 
consumer demand or limited availability of framing labor. As the residential new construction market continues to strengthen, we 
expect the use of structural components by homebuilders to increase. 

Changes in sales mix among construction segments 
Our  operating  results  may  vary  according  to  the  amount  and  type  of  products  we  sell  to  each  of  our  four  primary  construction 
segments: single-family homebuilders; remodeling contractors; multi-family contractors and light commercial. The following table 
reflects our estimated net sales by construction segment: 

(dollars in thousands) 

Net Sales 

2013 

% of 
Sales 

% 
Change 
vs. 2012   

Net Sales 

2012 

% of 
Sales 

2011 

% 
Change 
vs. 2011   

Net Sales 

% of 
Sales 

Single-family home builders 

$ 

Remodeling contractors 

Other  (including  multi-family  &  light 
commercial) 

889,925   
201,112  

74.3 %  
16.8 %  

30.9 %   $ 
18.7 %  

679,800   
169,411  

72.1 %  
18.0 %  

31.1 %   $ 
5.0 %  

518,342   
161,360  

68.2 % 

21.2 % 

106,000 

8.9 % 

13.7 % 

93,187 

9.9 % 

16.1 % 

80,280 

10.6 % 

Total net sales 

$  1,197,037   

100.0 %  

27.0 %   $ 

942,398   

100.0 %  

24.0 %   $ 

759,982   

100.0 % 

We tend to realize higher gross margins on sales to the remodeling segment due to the smaller product volumes purchased by those 
customers, as well as the more customized nature of the projects those customers generally undertake. Gross margins within the 
new single-family, multi-family and light commercial construction segments can vary based on a variety of factors, including the 
purchase volumes of the individual customer, the mix of products sold to that customer, the size and selling price of the project 
being constructed and the number of upgrades added to the project before or during its construction. 

Freight costs and fuel charges 
A portion of our shipping and handling costs is comprised of diesel or other fuels purchased for our delivery fleet. According to 
the U.S. Energy Information Administration, the average retail price per gallon for No. 2 diesel fuel was $3.92,  $3.97 and $3.85 
for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we incurred costs of 
approximately $9.8 million within selling, general and administrative expenses for diesel and other fuels. Future increases in the 
cost  of  fuel,  or  inbound  freight  costs  for  the  products  we  purchase,  could  impact  our  operating  results  and  cash  flows  if  we  are 
unable to pass along these cost increases to our customers through increased prices. 

Certain factors affecting our financial statements 

Acquisitions 
The  assets  of  TBSG  were  acquired  on  December  21,  2012  and  the  assets  of  Chesapeake  were  acquired  on  April  8,  2013.  Our 
revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased by approximately $28.3 million as a result of these acquisitions. The 
TBSG acquisition did not have a material impact on our 2012 operating results. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Operating results 

The following tables set forth our operating results in dollars and as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated: 

(dollars in thousands) 

Net sales 

Cost of goods sold 

Gross profit 

Operating expenses: 

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

Depreciation expense 

Amortization expense 

Impairment of assets held for sale 

IPO transaction-related costs 

Restructuring expense 

Income (loss) from operations 

Other income (expenses) 

Interest expense 

Other income (expense), net 

Loss  from  continuing  operations  before 
income taxes 

Income tax benefit (expense) 

Loss from continuing operations 

Income  (loss)  from  discontinued  operations, 
net  of  income  tax  expense  of  $243,  $52  and 
$658, respectively 

Net loss 

Year ended December 31, 

2013 

2012 

2011 

$ 1,197,037   
922,634   
274,403   

100.0  %   $  942,398   
727,670   
77.1  %  
214,728   
22.9  %  

100.0  %   $  759,982   
591,017   
77.2  %  
168,965   
22.8  %  

100.0  % 

77.8  % 

22.2  % 

254,935   
5,890   
2,236   
432   
10,008   
141   
761   

(3,793 )  
870   

(2,162 )  
(2,874 )  
(5,036 )  

21.3  %  
0.5  %  
0.2  %  
0.0  %  
0.8  %  
0.0  %  
0.1  %  

(0.3 )%  
0.1  %  

(0.2 )%  
(0.2 )%  
(0.4 )%  

221,192   
7,759   
1,470   
361   
—   
2,853   
(18,907 )  

(4,037 )  
278   

(22,666 )  
8,084   
(14,582 )  

23.5  %  
0.8  %  
0.2  %  
0.0  %  
0.0  %  
0.3  %  
(2.0 )%  

(0.4 )%  
0.0  %  

(2.4 )%  
0.9  %  
(1.5 )%  

213,036   
11,844   
1,457   
580   
—   
1,349   
(59,301 )  

(2,842 )  
(2,120 )  

(64,263 )  
22,332   
(41,931 )  

28.0  % 

1.6  % 

0.2  % 

0.1  % 

0.0  % 

0.2  % 

(7.8 )% 

(0.4 )% 

(0.3 )% 

(8.5 )% 

2.9  % 

(5.5 )% 

401 
(4,635 )  

$ 

0.0  %  
(0.4 )%   $ 

49 
(14,533 )  

0.0  %  
(1.5 )%   $ 

(202 )  
(42,133 )  

0.0  % 

(5.5 )% 

2013 compared to 2012 

Net sales 
For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  net  sales  increased  $254.6  million,  or  27.0%,  to  $1,197.0  million  from  $942.4  million 
during the year ended December 31, 2012.  We estimate our sales volume increased approximately 19.6% while commodity price 
inflation  resulted  in  an  additional  7.4%  increase  in  net  sales.  The  increase  in  sales  volume  was  driven  primarily  by  increased 
single-family housing starts (as described below), $28.3 million in net sales from the acquisitions of TBSG and Chesapeake and 
increases  in  demand  from  higher  repair  and  remodeling  activity.  According  to  the  U.S.  Census  Bureau,  single-family  housing 
starts,  which  were  the  primary  driver  for  approximately  74%  of  our  sales  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  increased 
approximately  15.5%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  as  compared  to  the  same  period  in  the  prior  year.  Increases  in  net 
sales from Texas, North Carolina, Utah, California and Georgia represented approximately 77% of the total net sales increase for 
2013 compared to 2012. 

The following table shows net sales classified by major product category:  

2013 

2012 

(dollars in thousands) 

Structural components 

Millwork & other interior products 

Lumber & lumber sheet goods 

Windows & other exterior products 

Other building products & services 

Total net sales 

Net Sales 
  $       157,975   
219,191   
428,384   
249,711   
141,776   
  $    1,197,037   

  % of Sales 

Net Sales 

  % of Sales 

  % Change 

13.2 %     $       106,745   
178,449   
18.3 %  
333,952   
35.8 %  
202,532   
20.9 %  
120,720   
11.8 %  
100.0 %     $       942,398   

11.3 %  
18.9 %  
35.5 %  
21.5 %  
12.8 %  
100.0 %  

48.0 % 

22.8 % 

28.3 % 

23.3 % 

17.4 % 

27.0 % 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Increased sales volume was achieved across all product categories. Average selling prices for lumber & lumber sheet goods were 
approximately 21.0% higher during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. Structural 
components growth exceeded that of our other product categories primarily as a result of acquisitions. 

Cost of goods sold 
For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  cost  of  goods  sold  increased  $194.9  million,  or  26.8%,  to  $922.6  million  from  $727.7 
million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012.  We  estimate  our  cost  of  sales  increased  approximately  19.4%  as  a  result  of 
increased sales volumes, while commodity cost inflation resulted in an additional 7.4% increase in cost of goods sold. 

Gross profit 
For the year ended December 31, 2013, gross profit increased $59.7 million, or 27.8%, to $274.4 million from $214.7 million for 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2012,  driven  primarily  by  increased  sales  volumes.  Our  gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales 
(“gross margin”) was 22.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 22.8% for the year ended December 31, 2012. 

Operating expenses 
For the year ended December 31, 2013, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $33.7 million, or 15.3%, to $254.9 
million, or 21.3% of net sales, from $221.2 million, or 23.5% of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2012. This was driven 
primarily  by  variable  costs  to  serve  higher  sales  volumes,  such  as  sales  commissions,  shipping  and  handling  costs  and  other 
variable compensation, which increased by $18.9 million in the aggregate for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to 
the year ended December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2013, other salary, wage, benefit and employer taxation costs 
increased  $10.3  million  compared  to  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012,  primarily  as  a  result  of  headcount  additions  to  serve 
increased sales volumes and capture sales opportunities arising from the improved residential construction market. 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company incurred $10.0 million of non-capitalizable costs associated with our IPO, 
which included a $9.0 million fee for terminating our management services agreement with Gores. 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, depreciation expense decreased $1.9 million, or 24.1%, to $5.9 million from $7.8 million 
during the year ended December 31, 2012, driven primarily by the full depreciation of certain fixed assets. 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  amortization  expense  increased  to  $2.2  million  from  $1.5  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2012, due primarily to amortization of intangible assets acquired in the TBSG and Chesapeake acquisitions. 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, restructuring expense of $0.1 million decreased from $2.9 million during the year ended 
December  31,  2012.  The  expense  incurred  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012  resulted  primarily  from  management's 
determination that subleasing closed properties could no longer be reasonably assumed, which resulted in a revised estimate of our 
restructuring reserves. 

Other income (expenses) 
Interest expense.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, interest expense was $3.8 million compared to $4.0 million for the year 
ended  December  31,  2012.  This  decrease  relates  primarily  to  (i)  lower  average  Revolver  borrowing  rates  resulting  from  the 
December 2012 and June 2013 amendments to the Credit Agreement, which lowered interest rate margins by 50 basis points and 
75 basis points, respectively, and (ii) lower deferred financing cost amortization resulting from the extension of the maturity date 
of  the  Credit  Agreement,  offset  by  (iii)  higher  average  Revolver  borrowings  and  (iv)  interest  expense  related  to  a  capital  lease 
assumed in the TBSG acquisition. 

Other income (expense), net.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, other income (expense), net was $0.9 million compared to 
$0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase relates primarily to $0.3 of expense associated with the write-off 
of  a  tax  indemnification  asset  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012  compared  to  $0  during  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2013. 

Income tax from continuing operations 
For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  income  tax  expense  from  continuing  operations  increased  $11.0  million,  or  135.6%,  to 
$2.9 million from an income tax benefit of $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, driven primarily by a reduction in 
our loss from continuing operations before income taxes and the non-deductibility of the termination fee of $9.0 million related to 
our management services agreement with Gores. The effective tax rate from continuing operations for the year ended December 
31,  2013  was  (132.9%)  compared  to  35.7%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012.  The  decrease  in  the  effective  tax  rate  is 
primarily due to the non-deductibility of the termination fee paid to Gores. 

36 

 
 
 
2012 compared to 2011 

Net sales 
For the year ended December 31, 2012, net sales increased $182.4 million, or 24.0%, to $942.4 million from $760.0 million during 
the year ended December 31, 2011, driven primarily by increases in housing starts in the markets we serve, as well as inflation in 
commodity  products.  According  to  the  U.S.  Census  Bureau,  single-family  housing  starts,  which  were  the  primary  driver  for 
approximately  75%  of  our  2012  net  sales,  increased  24.3%  for  the  year,  compared  with  2011.  We  estimate  our  sales  volume 
increased approximately 19.5%, while commodity price inflation resulted in an additional 4.5% increase in net sales during 2012 
compared to 2011. Increases in net sales from our locations in Texas, Utah, Georgia and North Carolina represented approximately 
75% of the total increase in net sales for 2012 compared to 2011. 

The following table shows net sales classified by major product category: 

2012 

2011 

(dollars in thousands) 

Structural components 

Millwork & other interior products 

Lumber & lumber sheet goods 

Windows & other exterior products 

Other building products & services 

Total net sales 

Net Sales 
  $       106,745   
178,449   
333,952   
202,532   
120,720   
  $       942,398   

  % of Sales 

Net Sales 

  % of Sales 

  % Change 

11.3 %     $         87,542   
143,128   
18.9 %  
247,299   
35.5 %  
178,361   
21.5 %  
103,652   
12.8 %  
100.0 %     $       759,982   

11.5 %  
18.8 %  
32.6 %  
23.5 %  
13.6 %  
100.0 %  

21.9 % 

24.7 % 

35.0 % 

13.6 % 

16.5 % 

24.0 % 

Increased sales volume was achieved across all product categories. Average selling prices for lumber & lumber sheet goods were 
approximately 13.9% higher in 2012, compared to 2011. During 2012, prices rose to a level not seen on a consistent basis since 
2005 and 2006. This commodity price inflation has resulted in net sales growth for lumber & lumber sheet goods exceeding that of 
our  other  product  categories.  Windows  &  other  exterior  products,  and  other  building  products &  services  include  subcategories, 
such as roofing, siding and hardware, that are driven more by the repair and remodeling market and therefore experienced slower 
growth in net sales volumes than other product categories. 

Cost of goods sold 
For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2012,  cost  of  goods  sold  increased  $136.7  million,  or  23.1%,  to  $727.7  million  from  $591.0 
million during the year ended December 31, 2011. We estimate that our cost of sales increased approximately 19.2% as a result of 
increased sales volumes, while commodity cost inflation resulted in an additional 3.9% increase in cost of goods sold. 

Gross profit 
For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2012,  gross  profit  increased  $45.8  million,  or  27.1%,  to  $214.7  million  from  $169.0  million 
during the year ended December 31, 2011, driven primarily by increased sales volumes. Our gross margin increased to 22.8% in 
2012 from 22.2% in 2011, primarily as a result of spreading fixed costs over a larger sales base and operational improvements. 

Operating expenses 
For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2012,  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  $8.2  million,  or  3.8%,  to  $221.2 
million from $213.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. This was driven primarily by variable costs to serve higher 
sales volumes, such as sales commissions, shipping and handling costs and other variable compensation, which increased by $7.3 
million in the aggregate in 2012 as compared to the prior year. 
For the year ended December 31, 2012, depreciation expense decreased $4.1 million, or 34.5%, to $7.8 million from $11.8 million 
during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2011,  driven  primarily  by  a  reduction  in  the  size  of  our  distribution  fleet  and  the  full 
depreciation of certain fixed assets. 

For  the  year  ended  December 31,  2012,  amortization  expense  of  $1.5  million  was  unchanged  from  $1.5  million  during  the  year 
ended December 31, 2011, and represented the amortization of intangible assets arising from the acquisitions of certain businesses 
in prior years. 

For the year ended December 31, 2012, impairment of assets held for sale of $0.4 million decreased from $0.6 million during the 
year ended December 31, 2011, driven primarily by a reduction in the number of assets identified as excess or underutilized and 
offered for sale. For the year ended December 31, 2012, restructuring expense of $2.9 million increased from $1.3 million during 
the  year  ended  December 31,  2011.  This  increase  resulted  primarily  from  management’s  determination  that  subleasing  closed 
properties could no longer be reasonably assumed, which resulted in a revised estimate of our restructuring reserves. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Other income (expenses) 
Interest expense.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, interest expense increased $1.2 million, or 42.0%, to $4.0 million from 
$2.8  million  during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2011,  driven  primarily  by  increased  average  daily  borrowings  under  our 
Revolver. The increase in average daily borrowings was primarily the result of cash used by operations of $7.0 million and $12.2 
million in 2011 and 2012, respectively, the redemption of Class A Junior Preferred shares and Class A Common shares for $25.0 
million in 2011, and the redemption of Class B Senior Preferred shares payment of dividends totaling $23.0 million in 2012. These 
uses, partially offset by cash provided from other activities, increased the balance on the Revolver by $20.9 million in 2011 and 
$38.4 million in 2012. 

Other income, net.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, other income, net was $0.3 million, compared to other expense, net of 
$2.1  million  during  the  year  ended  December 31,  2011.  This  change  was  driven  primarily  by  a  reduction  in  expense  associated 
with the write-off of a tax indemnification asset. 

Income tax from continuing operations 
For the year ended December 31, 2012, income tax benefit from continuing operations decreased $14.2 million, or 63.7%, to $8.1 
million from $22.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, driven primarily by a reduction in our loss from continuing 
operations before income taxes. Our effective tax rate for 2012 was 35.7% compared to 34.8% for 2011. 

Liquidity and capital resources 

Our primary capital requirements are to fund working capital needs and operating expenses, meet required interest and principal 
payments and fund capital expenditures. Since 2010, our capital resources have primarily consisted of cash and cash equivalents, 
borrowings under our Revolver and proceeds from our IPO. 

The homebuilding industry, and therefore our business, experienced a significant downturn that started in 2006. However, activity 
improved  as  2012  and  2013  saw  the  first  meaningful  increases  in  housing  starts  since  the  downturn  began.  Beyond  2013,  it  is 
difficult for us to predict what will happen as our industry is dependent on a number of factors, including, among others, national 
economic  conditions,  employment  levels,  the  availability  of  credit  for  homebuilders  and  potential  home  buyers,  the  level  of 
foreclosures, existing home inventory and interest rates. Due to the increases in adjusted working capital (as defined and described 
below) and the effects of the significant housing industry downturn, our operations incurred operating losses for the years ended 
December 31, 2012 and 2011 and used cash for operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Our liquidity at December 31, 2013 was $72.1 million, which includes $1.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and $71.0 million 
of unused borrowing capacity under our Revolver. 

We believe that our cash flows from operations, combined with our current cash levels, and available borrowing capacity, will be 
adequate to fund debt service requirements and provide cash, as required, to support our ongoing operations, capital expenditures, 
lease obligations and working capital for at least the next 12 months. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Historical cash flow information 

Adjusted working capital* and net current assets 
Adjusted  working  capital  was  $122.6  million,  $81.3  million  and  $68.6  million  as  of  December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011, 
respectively, and net current assets (current assets less current liabilities) were $124.2 million, $15.6 million and $44.1 million as 
of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as summarized in the following table: 

(dollars in thousands) 

Accounts receivable, net 

Inventories, net 

Other current assets 

Income taxes receivable (payable) 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities 

Total adjusted working capital* 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Restricted assets 

Revolving line of credit 

Total net current assets 

December 31, 
 2013 

December 31, 
 2011 

December 31, 
 2012 
  $       111,285      $         90,297      $         65,206  
49,682  
22,091  
9,171  
(77,509 ) 
68,641  
4,957  
4,348  
(33,850 ) 
  $       124,200      $        15,599      $         44,096  

73,918   
23,618   
(2,939 )  
(103,589 )  
81,305   
2,691   
3,821   
(72,218 )  

91,303   
22,948   
(2,989 )  
(99,945 )  
122,602   
1,138   
460   
—   

*Adjusted working capital is a non-GAAP financial measure that management uses to assess the Company’s financial position and 
liquidity.  Management  believes  adjusted  working  capital  provides  investors  with  an  additional  view  of  the  Company’s  liquidity 
and  ability  to  repay  current  obligations.  We  calculate  adjusted  working  capital  as  current  assets,  as  determined  under  GAAP, 
excluding  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  assets,  minus  current  liabilities,  as  determined  under  GAAP,  excluding  the 
Revolver.  The  presentation  of  this  additional  information  is  not  meant  to  be  considered  superior  to,  in  isolation  of  or  as  a 
substitute  for  results  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP  or  as  an  indication  of  our  performance.  Our  calculation  of  adjusted 
working capital is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. 

Accounts  receivable,  net,  increased  $21.0  million  from  December  31,  2012  to  December  31,  2013  and  $25.1  million  from 
December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012 primarily as a result of year-over-year increases in net sales. Days sales outstanding at 
December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011  (measured  against  net  sales  in  the  current  fiscal  quarter  of  each  period)  were  each 
approximately 33 days. 

Inventories, net, increased $17.4 million from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 and $24.2 million from December 31, 
2011  to  December  31,  2012  due  to  increases  in  inventory  purchases  to  support  higher  net  sales.  Inventory  days  on  hand  at 
December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011  (measured  against  cost  of  goods  sold  in  the  current  fiscal  quarter  of  each  period)  were 
approximately 36, 35 and 32 days, respectively. 

Other current assets decreased $0.7 million from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013. Other current assets increased $1.5 
million from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012 due primarily to the establishment of a $1.8 million indemnification asset 
related to the resolution of a lawsuit in which the Company was fully indemnified by Wolseley. 

Income taxes payable increased $0.1 million from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 due to the Company's taxable income 
position for the year ended December 31, 2013. The change from income taxes receivable of $9.2 million at December 31, 2011 to 
income  taxes  payable  of  $2.9  million  at  December  31,  2012  resulted  primarily  from  the  collection  of  tax  refunds  totaling  $16.4 
million in 2012 and a $2.9 million liability as of December 31, 2012 for taxes, interest and penalties related to certain IRS audits. 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities decreased $3.6 million from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 
and  increased  $26.1  million  from  December  31,  2011  to  December  31,  2012  primarily  as  a  result  of  changes  in  the  volume  of 
inventory purchases leading up to each balance sheet date as well as the timing of supplier and payroll disbursements. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities 
Net cash used in operating activities was $40.3 million, $12.2 million and $7.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 
2012 and 2011, respectively, as summarized in the following table: 

Year ended December 31, 

(dollars in thousands) 

Net loss 

Non-cash expenses 

(Loss) gain on sale of property, equipment and real estate 

Change in deferred income taxes 

Change in working capital and other 

Net cash used in operating activities 

2013 

2011 

2012 
  $         (4,635 )     $       (14,533 )     $       (42,133 ) 
21,014  
(2,609 ) 
(5,926 ) 
22,653  
  $       (40,264 )     $       (12,243 )     $         (7,001 ) 

14,996   
(60 )  
(1,257 )  
(49,308 )  

16,790   
169   
(3,633 )  
(11,036 )  

Net cash used in operating activities increased by $28.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year 
ended December 31, 2012 primarily due to the following: 

•   net loss declined by $9.9 million as discussed in “Operating Results” above. 
•   non-cash expenses declined by $1.8 million primarily as a result of a decrease in bad debt expense which was a result of 

•  

•  

improving collection trends on accounts receivable. 
change in deferred income taxes declined by $2.4 million due to a reduction in the timing differences between our losses 
before income taxes under GAAP and our taxable income.  The reduction in timing differences primarily resulted from a 
larger decrease in tax depreciation versus GAAP depreciation expense from 2012 to 2013. 
changes in working capital and other decreased by $38.3 million due primarily to the increase in accounts receivable, net 
and inventories, net during 2013 discussed above. 

Net cash used in operating activities increased by $5.2 million in 2012 as compared to 2011 primarily due to the following: 

•   net loss declined by $27.6 million as discussed in “Operating Results” above. 
•   non-cash expenses declined by $4.2 million due primarily to a reduction in depreciation expense of $5.0 million primarily 

•  

•  

•  

resulting from the full depreciation of certain fixed assets. 
loss on sales of property, equipment and real estate of $0.2 million in 2012 declined from a gain of $2.6 million in 2011 
as a result of fewer disposals of excess equipment and vehicles. 
change in deferred income taxes declined by $2.3 million due to a reduction in the timing differences between our losses 
before income taxes under GAAP and our taxable income. The reduction in timing differences primarily resulted from the 
decrease in depreciation expense from 2011 to 2012. 
changes in working capital and other decreased by $33.7 million due primarily to the increase in adjusted working capital 
during 2012 discussed above, as compared to a decrease in adjusted working capital during 2011. 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Net  cash  provided  by  (used  in)  investing  activities  was  ($1.9)  million,  ($4.9)  million  and  $7.3  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as summarized in the following table: 

Year ended December 31, 

(dollars in thousands) 

Purchases of property and equipment 

Purchases of businesses 

Proceeds from sale of property, equipment and real estate 

Change in restricted assets 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities 

2013 

2011 

2012 
  $         (7,448 )     $         (2,741 )     $         (1,339 ) 
—  
6,106  
2,555  
  $         (1,863 )     $         (4,861 )     $          7,322  

(6,582 )  
1,393   
3,069   

(2,373 )  
3,754   
4,204   

Cash used for the purchase of property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 resulted primarily 
from the replacement of certain aged vehicles and equipment in order to minimize maintenance costs and asset down time. 

Cash used for the purchase of businesses resulted from the acquisition of Chesapeake during the year ended December 31, 2013 
and  TBSG  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012.  See  Note  4  to  our  audited  financial  statements  included  in  this  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash provided by the sale of property, equipment and real estate of $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 resulted 
primarily from the sale of two properties for $3.2 million. Cash provided by the sale of property, equipment and real estate of $1.4 
and  $6.1  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2012  and  2011,  respectively  resulted  primarily  from  the  sale  of  excess  or 
underutilized assets arising from our restructuring and business optimization activities. 

Cash provided by restricted assets during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 resulted primarily from the release 
of escrow funds and excess deposits used to pre-fund expected losses for self-insured casualty and health claims incurred by the 
Company. 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  was  $40.6  million,  $14.8  million  and  $0.1  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31, 
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, as summarized in the following table:  

Year ended December 31, 

(dollars in thousands) 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of offering costs 

Proceeds from Revolver, net of repayments 

Dividends paid and redemption of Class B Senior Preferred stock 

Redemption of Class A Junior Preferred and Class A Common stock 

Cash received from stockholder 

Payments on capital leases 

Other financing activities, net 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

2013 

2011 

2012 
  $         55,225      $                —      $                —  
20,850  
—  
(25,000 ) 
5,000  
(1,511 ) 
799  
  $         40,574      $         14,838      $              138  

38,368   
(23,000 )  
—   
—   
(1,311 )  
781   

(13,146 )  
—   
—   
—   
(1,610 )  
105   

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013,  we  completed  our  IPO  and  received  net  proceeds  of  $55.2  million  after  deducting 
underwriting discounts of $4.3 million and other expenses directly associated with the IPO of $2.2 million. Of this amount, $46.2 
million  was  used  to  pay  down  outstanding  balances  under  the  Revolver  and  $9.0  million  was  paid  to  Gores  to  terminate  our 
management services agreement with Gores. 

Proceeds from the Revolver were primarily used to fund cash used by operating activities and other uses of cash from financing 
activities for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

In 2012, the Company paid accrued dividends of $10.6 million and redeemed 12,372 shares of Class B Senior Preferred stock for 
$12.4 million. 

In 2011, the Company redeemed the Class A Junior Preferred and Class A Common shares owned by Wolseley for $25.0 million. 

In 2011, the Company received $5.0 million from Gores Holdings, which was included in current liabilities at December 31, 2011 
and in January 2012 issued 5,000 shares of Class C Convertible Preferred stock to settle this liability. 

Payments  on  capital  leases  increased  $0.3  million  from  December  31,  2012  to  December  31,  2013  primarily  due  to  a  property 
lease incurred as part of the TBSG acquisition in December 2012. 

Other  financing  activities,  net  consists  primarily  of  secured  borrowings,  repayments  of  promissory  notes  from  certain  related 
parties (see Note 14 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K) and payment of 
debt issuance costs. 

Capital expenditures 
Capital  expenditures  vary  depending  on  prevailing  business  factors,  including  current  and  anticipated  market  conditions. 
Historically, capital expenditures have for the most part remained at relatively low levels in comparison to the operating cash flows 
generated  during  the  corresponding  periods.  We  expect  our  2014  capital  expenditures  to  be  approximately  $30  to  $40  million 
(including  the  incurrence  of  capital  lease  obligations)  primarily  related  to  rolling  stock  and  equipment,  including  lease  buyouts, 
and facility and technology investments to support our operations. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revolving credit facility 
On September 30, 2009, we entered into the Credit Agreement with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, which includes the Revolver. 
The Credit Agreement was amended during 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010. The most recent amendment, which was entered 
into on February 18, 2014, increased the maximum availability under the Revolver and extended the maturity date to December 
31, 2017, among other changes. We were in compliance with all debt covenants for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

As  of  the  date  of  the  most  recent  amendment,  the  Revolver  has  a  maximum  availability  of  $200.0  million,  subject  to  an  asset 
borrowing formula based on eligible accounts receivable, credit card receivables, inventory and fixed assets. 

Borrowings  under  the  Revolver  bear  interest,  at  our  option,  at  either  the  Base  Rate  (which  means  the  higher  of  (i) the  Federal 
Funds  Rate  plus  0.5%  or  (ii) the  prime  rate)  plus  a  Base  Rate  Margin  (which  ranges  from  0.50%  to  1.00%  based  on  Revolver 
availability) or LIBOR plus a LIBOR Rate Margin (which ranges from 1.50% to 2.00% based on Revolver availability). 

The  Credit  Agreement  provides  that  we  can  use  the  Revolver  availability  to  issue  letters  of  credit.  The  fees  on  any  outstanding 
letters  of  credit  issued  under  the  Revolver  include  a  participation  fee  equal  to  the  LIBOR  Rate  Margin.  The  fee  on  the  unused 
portion of the Revolver is 0.25%. The Credit Agreement contains customary nonfinancial covenants, including restrictions on new 
indebtedness,  issuance  of  liens,  investments,  distributions  to  equityholders,  asset  sales  and  affiliate  transactions.  The  Credit 
Agreement also includes a financial covenant that requires us to maintain a minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of 1.00:1.00, 
as  defined  in  the  Credit  Agreement.  However,  the  financial  covenant  is  only  applicable  if  the  sum  of  availability  under  the 
Revolver  plus  Qualified  Cash  falls  below  $20  million  at  any  time,  and  remains  in  effect  until  the  sum  of  availability  under  the 
Revolver  plus  Qualified  Cash  exceeds  $20  million  for  30  consecutive  days.  While  there  can  be  no  assurances,  based  upon  our 
forecast, we do not expect the financial covenant to become applicable during the year ended December 31, 2014. 

We had outstanding borrowings of $59.1 million with net availability of $71.0 million as of December 31, 2013. The interest rate 
on outstanding LIBOR Rate borrowings of $52.0 million was 1.9% and the interest rate on outstanding Base Rate borrowings of 
$7.1 million was 4.0% as of December 31, 2013. We had $8.9 million in letters of credit outstanding under the Credit Agreement 
as of December 31, 2013. The Revolver is collateralized by substantially all of our assets. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual obligations and commercial commitments 

In the table below, we set forth our enforceable and legally binding obligations as of December 31, 2013. Some of the amounts 
included in the table are based on management's estimates and assumptions about these obligations, including their duration, the 
possibility  of  renewal,  anticipated  actions  by  third  parties  and  other  factors.  Because  these  estimates  and  assumptions  are 
necessarily  subjective,  our  actual  payments  may  vary  from  those  reflected  in  the  table.  Purchase  orders  made  in  the  ordinary 
course of business and commitments that are cancellable on 30 days' notice are excluded from the table below. Any amounts for 
which  we  are  liable  under  purchase  orders  are  reflected  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  accounts  payable  and  accrued 
liabilities. 

Payments due by period 

(in millions) 

Revolver obligations (1) 

Capital lease obligations (2) 

Operating lease obligations (3) 

Purchase commitments (4) 

Earnout obligations (5) 

Total 

2014 

Total 

2017-2018 

2015-2016 
  Thereafter 
  $             59.2      $               0.1      $             59.1      $                —      $                —  
3.3  
15.1  
—  
—  
  $           141.3      $             29.4      $             82.6      $             10.9      $             18.4  

9.1   
64.4   
8.6   
—   

2.4   
21.1   
—   
—   

1.6   
19.1   
8.6   
—   

1.8   
9.1   
—   
—   

(1)  Represents  principal  of  $59.1  million  and  interest  payments  outstanding  on  our  Revolver  of  $0.1  million  as  of  December  31,  2013, 
based  on  interest  rates  in  effect  on  December  31,  2013,  which  ranged  from  1.9%  to  4.0%.  To  the  extent  that  a  decrease  in  eligible 
accounts receivable and inventory reduces the maximum availability under the Revolver below the amount then outstanding, amounts 
outstanding  could  become  due  sooner  than  reflected  in  the  table.  On  February  18,  2014,  we  entered  into  Amendment  Eleven  to  the 
credit agreement governing the Revolver, which extended the maturity of the Revolver to December 31, 2017. See “—Liquidity and 
capital resources—Revolving credit facility.”" 

(2)  Consists of payments under our capital leases for fleet vehicles and various equipment. For further information refer to Note 16 to our 

audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(3)  Represents payments under our operating leases, primarily for buildings, improvements and equipment. For further information, refer 

to Note 16 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(4)  Consists primarily of obligations to purchase vehicles which are enforceable and legally binding on us. Excludes purchase orders made 

in the ordinary course of business that are short-term or cancellable. 

(5)  Under  the  asset  purchase  agreement  to  acquire  the  assets  of  TBSG,  we  agreed  to  pay  the  sellers  a  cash  earnout  based  on  the 
performance of the business acquired. As of December 31, 2013, the Company estimated the undiscounted value of the earnout to be 
$0.9 million, which has been reduced by $0.9 million that the Company advanced to the sellers against future earnout payments. For 
further information, refer to Note 4 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Off-balance sheet arrangements 

At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, other than operating leases described above and letters of credit issued under the Credit 
Agreement, we had no material off-balance sheet arrangements with unconsolidated entities. 

Seasonality and other factors 

Our first and fourth quarters have historically been, and are generally expected to continue to be, adversely affected by weather 
patterns in some of our markets, causing reduced construction activity. In addition, quarterly results historically have reflected, and 
are expected to continue to reflect, fluctuations from period to period arising from the following: 

the volatility of lumber prices; 
the cyclical nature of the homebuilding industry; 

•  
•  
•   general economic conditions in the markets in which we compete; 
•  
•  
•  

the pricing policies of our competitors; 
the production schedules of our customers; and 
the effects of weather. 

The composition and level of working capital typically change during periods of increasing sales as we carry more inventory and 
receivables,  although  this  is  generally  offset  in  part  by  higher  trade  payables  to  our  suppliers.  Working  capital  levels  typically 
increase  in  the  second  and  third  quarters  of  the  year  due  to  higher  sales  during  the  peak  residential  construction  season.  These 
increases have in the past resulted in negative operating cash flows during this peak season, which historically have been financed 
through available cash or excess availability on our Revolver. Collection of receivables and reduction in inventory levels following 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the peak building and construction season have in the past positively impacted cash flow. In the past, we have also utilized our 
borrowing availability under credit facilities to cover working capital needs. 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements 

There were no significant new accounting pronouncements or changes to existing guidance that were applicable to us. 

Critical accounting policies 

Our  discussion  and  analysis  of  operating  results  and  financial  condition  are  based  upon  our  audited  financial  statements.  The 
preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our 
estimates on past experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these 
estimates on an ongoing basis. Our critical accounting policies are those that materially affect our financial statements and involve 
difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge 
of current events and actions that may impact us in the future, actual results may be materially different from the estimates. 

We believe the following critical accounting policies are affected by significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of 
our consolidated financial statements and that the judgments and estimates are reasonable. 

Revenue recognition 
We  recognize  revenue  when  products  are  shipped  and  the  customer  takes  ownership  and  assumes  risk  of  loss,  collection  of  the 
relevant receivable is reasonably assured, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed or determinable. 
All sales recognized are net of allowances for discounts and estimated returns, based on historical experience. 

We  generally  recognize  revenues  from  construction  contracts  on  the  completed  contract  basis,  as  these  contracts  generally  are 
completed within 30 days. Revenues from certain construction contracts, which are generally greater than 30 days, are recognized 
on the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to estimated costs for each contract. 
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recognized 2.2%, 1.7% and 0.8%, respectively, of our net sales using 
the  percentage-of-completion  method.  Costs  of  goods  sold  related  to  construction  contracts  include  all  direct  material, 
subcontractor and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools and 
repairs.  General  and  administrative  costs  are  charged  to  expense  as  incurred.  We  record  provisions  for  estimated  losses  on 
uncompleted contracts in the period in which such losses are determined, which are generally completed within 30 days. 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 
We  maintain  an  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  due  to  the  failure  of  our  customers  to  make  required 
payments. Management believes the accounting estimate related to the allowance for doubtful accounts is a “critical accounting 
estimate” as it involves complex judgments about our customers’ ability to pay. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on 
an assessment of individual past due accounts, historical write-off experience, accounts receivable aging, customer disputes and 
the business environment. Account balances are charged off when the potential for recovery is considered remote. 

Management believes the allowance amounts recorded, in each instance, represent its best estimate of future outcomes. If there is a 
deterioration  of  a  major  customer’s  financial  condition,  if  the  Company  becomes  aware  of  additional  information  related  to  the 
credit-worthiness of a major customer, or if future actual default rates on trade receivables in general differ from those currently 
anticipated, the Company may have to adjust its allowance for doubtful accounts, which would affect earnings in the period the 
adjustments were made. 

Inventories 
Inventories consist primarily of materials purchased for resale, including lumber and sheet goods, millwork, windows and doors as 
well as certain manufactured products and are carried at the lower of cost or market. The cost of substantially all of our inventories 
is determined by the average cost method, which approximates the first-in, first-out approach. We evaluate our inventory value at 
the end of each quarter to ensure that it is carried at the lower of cost or market. This evaluation includes an analysis of historical 
physical inventory results, a review of potential excess and obsolete inventories based on inventory aging and anticipated future 
demand. At least quarterly, each branch’s perpetual inventory records are adjusted to reflect any declines in net realizable  value 
below inventory carrying cost. To the extent historical physical inventory results are not indicative of future results and if future 
events impact, either favorably or unfavorably, the salability of our products or our relationships with certain key suppliers, our 
inventory reserves could differ significantly, resulting in either higher or lower future inventory provisions. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation of goodwill, long-lived assets and amortizable other intangible assets 
Our  long-lived  assets  consist  primarily  of  property,  equipment,  purchased  intangible  assets  and  goodwill.  The  valuation  and the 
impairment  testing  of  these  long-lived  assets  involve  significant  judgments  and  assumptions,  particularly  as  they  relate  to  the 
identification of reporting units, asset groups and the determination of fair market value. 

We  test  our  tangible  and  intangible  long-lived  assets  subject  to  amortization  for  impairment  whenever  facts  and  circumstances 
indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  We  test  goodwill  for  impairment  annually,  or  more 
frequently if triggering events occur indicating that there may be impairment. 

We have recorded goodwill and perform testing for potential goodwill impairment at a reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an 
operating segment, or a business unit one level below an operating segment for which discrete financial information is available, 
and  for  which  management  regularly  reviews  the  operating  results.  Additionally,  components  within  an  operating  segment  are 
aggregated as a single reporting unit if they have similar economic characteristics. We have determined that our reporting units are 
equivalent to our four operating segments and consist of our East, South and West divisional regions and Coleman Floor. During 
the third quarter of 2013, 2012 and 2011, we performed our annual impairment assessment of goodwill, which did not indicate that 
an  impairment  existed.  During  each  assessment,  we  determined  that  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  unit  containing  goodwill 
substantially exceeded its carrying value. 
For  impairment  testing  of  long-lived  assets,  we  identify  asset  groups  at  the  lowest  level  for  which  identifiable  cash  flows  are 
largely  independent  of  the  cash  flows  of  other  groups  of  assets  and  liabilities.  Recoverability  of  assets  to  be  held  and  used  is 
measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated 
by the assets. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the 
amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset. 

As discussed above, changes in management intentions, market events or conditions, projected future net sales, operating results, 
cash  flow  of  our  reporting  units  and  other  similar  circumstances  could  affect  the  assumptions  used  in  the  impairment  tests. 
Although  management  currently  believes  that  the  estimates  used  in  the  evaluation  of  goodwill  and  other  long-lived  assets  are 
reasonable,  differences  between  actual  and  expected  net  sales,  operating  results  and  cash  flow  could  cause  these  assets  to  be 
impaired. If any asset were determined to be impaired, this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and 
financial position, but not our cash flow from operations. 

Equity based compensation 
We account for our nonvested stock awards granted to certain employees by recording compensation expense based on the award’s 
fair value at the date of grant. We account for our stock options granted to employees and directors by recording compensation 
expense based on the award’s fair value, estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Share-based 
compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which generally equals 
the vesting period. Our share-based compensation expense included in selling, general and administrative expenses for the years 
ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $1.0 million, $1.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively. 

Determining the fair value of stock options under the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires judgment, including estimating 
the fair value per share of our common stock, volatility, expected term of the awards, dividend yield and risk-free interest rate. The 
assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock options represent our best estimates, based on management's judgment and 
subjective future expectations. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties. If any of the assumptions used in the model change 
significantly,  share-based  compensation  recorded  for  future  awards  may  differ  materially  from  that  recorded  for  awards  granted 
previously. 

We developed our assumptions as follows: 

•   Fair value of common stock. Prior to August 9, 2013, our common stock was not publicly traded, which required that we 
estimate the fair value of our common stock, as discussed in "Valuation of common stock prior to Initial Public Offering" 
below. Subsequent to August 9, 2013, we use quoted market prices to determine the fair value of our common stock. 
•   Volatility. The expected price volatility for our common stock was estimated by taking the median historic price volatility 

for industry peers. 

•   Expected term. The expected term was estimated to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of 
the award. We believe use of this approach is appropriate as we have no prior history of option exercises upon which to 
base an expected term. 

•   Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of United States Treasury securities with maturities 

similar to the expected term of the options. 

•   Dividend yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not presently plan to pay 

cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  estimate  potential  forfeitures  of  stock  options  and  adjust  share-based  compensation  expense  accordingly.  The  estimate  of 
forfeitures is adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ from prior estimates. We estimate 
forfeitures based upon our historical experience with employee turnover, and, at each period, review the estimated forfeiture rate 
and make changes as factors affecting the forfeiture rate calculations and assumptions changes. 

The  fair  value  of  employee  stock  options  was  estimated  using  the  following  weighted-average  assumptions  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011: 

Expected dividend yield 

Expected volatility factor 

Risk-free interest rate 

Expected term (in years) 

2013 

2012 

2011 

0 %  
49% - 51%  
1.8% - 2.0%  
6.0 - 6.5  

0 %  
58 %  
0.8% - 0.9%  
3.7 - 3.9  

0 % 

59 % 

1.0 % 

4.3 

Valuation of common stock prior to Initial Public Offering 

Prior  to  our  IPO  in  August  2013,  determining  the  underlying  value  of  our  common  stock  required  significant  judgment.  In  the 
absence  of  a  public  market,  our  Board,  with  input  from  management,  determined  a  reasonable  estimate  of  the  then-current  fair 
value of our common stock for purposes of granting stock-based compensation. We determined the fair value of our common stock 
utilizing  methodologies,  approaches  and  assumptions  consistent  with  the  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants 
Practice  Aid,  "Valuation  of  Privately-Held-Company  Equity  Securities  issued  as  Compensation."  In  addition,  we  exercised 
judgment in evaluating and assessing the foregoing based on several factors including: 

rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; 

the nature and history of our business; 

•  
•   our current and historical operating performance; 
•   our expected future operating performance; 
•   prices for our convertible preferred stock issued to Gores Holding; 
•  
•   our financial condition at the grant date; 
•  
•  
•  
•   macroeconomic conditions 

the lack of marketability of our common stock; 
the likelihood of achieving different liquidity event or remaining a private company; 
industry information such as market size and growth; and  

We relied upon the probability-weighted expected return method (“PWERM”), and the option pricing model (“OPM”), to allocate 
our company value to each of our classes of stock. 

Probability-weighted expected return method.    PWERM values each class of equity based on an analysis of the range of potential 
future enterprise values of the Company and the manner in which those values would accrue to the owners of the different classes 
of  equity.  This  method  involves  estimating  the  overall  value  of  the  subject  company  under  various  projected  operating  results 
scenarios and allocating the value to the various share classes based on their respective claim on the proceeds as of the date of each 
event. These different scenarios typically include a base case scenario and two to four additional scenarios of projected operating 
results, each resulting in a different value. For each scenario, the future value of each share class is calculated and discounted to a 
present  value.  The  results  of  each  scenario  are  then  probability-weighted  in  order  to  arrive  at  an  estimate  of  fair  value  for  each 
share class as of a current date. 

We used PWERM to allocate our estimated enterprise value between our preferred stock and common stock. At certain periods, 
we also utilized OPM as described below. Under PWERM, we analyzed the value of our Company using several scenarios, which 
included  a  base  case  scenario  (“Base  Case  Scenario”),  upside  scenario  (“Upside  Scenario”)  and  downside  scenario  ("Downside 
Scenario").  For  all  scenarios,  we  assumed  an  exit  date  on  December 31  of  the  fourth  full  fiscal  year  following  the  date  being 
valued, and we applied an exit multiple to the projected EBITDA of the exit year. 

The Base Case Scenario was based on consensus housing start forecasts and other forecasted business drivers being applied to our 
current  operating  results  and  financial  position  to  determine  a  projection  of  future  operating  results  and  cash  flows.  The  Upside 
Scenario applied a more optimistic set of housing start and business assumptions than the Base Case Scenario to project our future 
operating results and cash flows, while the Downside Scenario applied a more pessimistic set of assumptions than the Base Case 
Scenario to project our future operating results and cash flows. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We determined the value of our preferred stock and common stock under each scenario by allocating the equity value to each class 
of stock and discounting the value back to the present using a risk-adjusted discount rate. In certain scenarios, a large portion of the 
equity  value  is  allocated  to  the  convertible  preferred  stock  to  incorporate  higher  aggregate  liquidation  preferences.  We  then 
weighted the present value of the common stock under each scenario based upon the estimate of the probability of each scenario 
occurring in order to determine a final indication of value for the common stock. 

Option pricing model.    OPM uses option theory to value the various classes of a company’s securities in light of their respective 
claims  to  the  enterprise  value.  Total  members’  equity  value  is  allocated  to  the  various  share  classes  based  upon  their  respective 
claims on a series of call options with strike prices at various value levels depending upon the rights and preferences of each class. 
A Black-Scholes closed-form option pricing model is typically employed in this analysis, with an option-term assumption that is 
consistent with our expected time to a liquidity event and a volatility assumption based on the estimated stock price volatility of a 
peer group of comparable public companies over a similar term. 

Purchase of Wolseley shares and January 2012 valuation.    On November 16, 2011, we purchased 11,135,495 Class A Common 
shares  held  by  Wolseley  for  $25.0  million  or  approximately  $2.25  per  Class  A  Common  share.  This  purchase  was  partially 
financed by $5.0 million advanced by Gores Holdings, which in January 2012 was settled by the issuance of 5,000 shares of Class 
C Convertible Preferred shares to Gores Holdings. The Class C Convertible Preferred shares were convertible to 4,454,889 Class 
A  Common  shares,  representing  an  equivalent  price  per  Class  A  Common  share  of  approximately  $1.122  per  share.  We 
determined  that  the  difference  between  the  price  per  share  paid  to  acquire  Wolseley’s  interests  of  $2.25  and  the  price  per  share 
implied  in  our  Class  C  Convertible  Preferred  shares  of  $1.122  represented  a  beneficial  conversion  feature  totaling  $5.0  million. 
The  Class  C  Convertible  Preferred  shares  were  convertible  to  Class  A  Common  shares  at  any  time  by  the  stockholder  and 
therefore,  we  immediately  recognized  the  value  of  the  beneficial  conversion  feature  as  a  deemed  dividend,  which  increased  our 
2012 loss attributable to common stockholders by $5.0 million, and our 2012 basic and diluted loss per share by approximately 
$0.38 per share. 

In determining the fair value of our Class B Common shares in January 2012, we utilized a PWERM, using a Base Case Scenario, 
Upside  Scenario,  and  Downside  Scenario  (as  described  above),  an  exit  date  of  December  31,  2016  and  a  terminal  multiple  of 
EBITDA of 5.50x. This valuation yielded a price per Class B Common share of $1.98, which we believe was reasonable in light of 
the November 2011 Wolseley transaction, and after consideration of the non-voting characteristics of the Class B Common shares. 

The following table summarizes the significant assumptions we used in our valuations to determine the fair value of our common 
stock as of the dates indicated: 

Option pricing model 

Probability weighted expected return method 
Weighting of scenarios: 

Base 

Upside 

Downside 

Exit date 

Terminal multiple of EBITDA 

Stock value per share-Class B Common 

Grant Date 

  November 2011   
50 %  
50 %  

65 %  
10 %  
25 %  
12/31/2015  
5.75x  

January 2012 

0.0 % 
100 % 

65 % 
10 % 
25 % 
12/31/2016 

5.50x 

    $               1.92  

    $               1.98  

Casualty and health insurance 
We  are  self  insured  for  general  liability,  auto  liability  and  workers’  compensation  exposures,  as  well  as  employee  and  eligible 
dependent  health  care  claims,  with  specific  excess  insurance  purchased  from  independent  carriers  to  cover  individual  claims  in 
excess of the self-insured limits. The expected liability for unpaid claims, including incurred but not reported losses, is determined 
using the assistance of third-party actuaries and is reflected on the consolidated balance sheets as a liability with current and long-
term  components.    The  amount  recoverable  from  insurance  providers  is  reflected  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  in  prepaid 
expenses  and  other  current  assets.  Our  accounting  policy  includes  an  internal  evaluation  and  adjustment  of  our  reserve  for  all 
insured losses on a quarterly basis. At least on an annual basis, we engage external actuarial professionals to independently assess 
and estimate the total liability outstanding, which is compared to the actual reserve balance at that time and adjusted accordingly. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred income taxes 
In  accordance  with  ASC  740  “Income  Taxes,”  we  evaluate  our  deferred  tax  assets  to  determine  if  valuation  allowances  are 
required.  In  assessing  the  realizability  of  deferred  tax  assets,  we  consider  both  positive  and  negative  evidence  in  determining 
whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  some  portion  or  all  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  The  primary  negative 
evidence considered includes the cumulative operating losses generated in prior periods. The primary positive evidence considered 
includes  the  reversal  of  deferred  tax  liabilities  related  to  depreciation  and  amortization  that  would  occur  within  the  same 
jurisdiction and during the carry-forward period necessary to absorb the Federal and state net operating losses and other deferred 
tax assets. The reversal of such liabilities would utilize the Federal and state net operating losses and other deferred tax assets. 

Based upon the positive and negative evidence considered, we believe it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefit of 
the deferred tax assets, net of the existing valuation allowances of $1.9 million, $1.9 million and $1.4 million as of December 31, 
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. To the extent we generate sufficient taxable income in the future to fully utilize the tax benefits 
of the net deferred tax assets on which a valuation allowance was recorded, our effective tax rate may decrease as the valuation 
allowance is reversed. As of December 31, 2013, we are no longer able to carry back our tax net operating losses; therefore, to the 
extent  we  generate  future  tax  net  operating  losses,  we  may  be  required  to  increase  the  valuation  allowance  on  net  deferred  tax 
assets and income tax benefit would be adversely affected. 

ASC  740  also  prescribes  a  recognition  threshold  and  certain  measurement  principles  for  the  financial  statements  related  to  tax 
positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. Under ASC 740, the impact of an uncertain tax position on an income tax 
return  must  be  recognized  at  the  largest  amount  that  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  audit  by  the  relevant  taxing 
authority.  An  uncertain  income  tax  position  will  not  be  recognized  if  it  has  less  than  a  50%  likelihood  of  being  sustained. 
Additionally,  ASC  740  provides  guidance  on  derecognition,  classification,  interest  and  penalties  associated  with  income  taxes, 
accounting in interim periods, disclosures and transition requirements. 

Consideration received from suppliers 
We  enter  into  arrangements  with  many  of  our  suppliers  providing  for  inventory  purchase  rebates  (“supplier  rebates”)  upon 
achievement of specified volume purchasing levels. We accrue estimated supplier rebates monthly as part of cost of goods sold 
based  on  progress  toward  earning  the  supplier  rebates,  taking  into  consideration  cumulative  purchases  of  inventory  to  date  and 
projected purchases through the end of the year. We estimate the rebates applicable to inventory on-hand at each period end based 
on the inventory turns of the related items. 

Under certain circumstances, including if market conditions were to change, suppliers may change the terms of some or all of these 
programs. Although these changes would not affect the amounts which we have recorded related to product already purchased, it 
may impact our gross margins in future periods. 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to financial risks such as changes in interest rates and commodity price risk. 

Interest Rate Risk 
When we have loan amounts under our Revolver, we are exposed to interest rate risk arising from fluctuations in interest rates. 
During 2013, 2012 and 2011, we did not use any interest rate swap contracts to manage this risk. A 1% increase in interest rates on 
our  variable-rate  debt  would  increase  our  annual  forecasted  interest  expense  by  approximately  $0.6  million  (based  on  our 
borrowings as of December 31, 2013). 

Commodity Price Risk 
Many of the products we purchase and resell are commodities whose price is determined by the market's supply and demand for 
such  products.  Price  fluctuations  in  our  selling  prices  and  key  costs  have  a  significant  effect  on  our  financial  performance.  The 
markets for most of these commodities are cyclical and are affected by factors such as global economic conditions, including the 
strength of the U.S. housing market, changes in, or disruptions to, industry production capacity and changes in inventory levels and 
other  factors  beyond  our  control.  During  2013,  2012  and  2011,  we  did  not  manage  commodity  price  risk  with  derivative 
instruments,  except  for  immaterial  lumber  future  contracts  that  we  entered  into  during  those  years.    See  “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors affecting our operating results—Commodity 
nature of our products" for further discussion. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of 
Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc.: 

In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  of 
stockholders’  equity  and  of  cash  flows  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Stock  Building  Supply 
Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each 
of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2013  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the 
United States of America.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is 
to  express  an  opinion  on  these  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.    We  conducted  our  audits  of  these  statements  in 
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that 
we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement.    An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial 
statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the  overall 
financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Raleigh, North Carolina 
March 3, 2014 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCK BUILDING SUPPLY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts) 

Assets 

Current assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Restricted assets 

Accounts receivable, net 

Inventories, net 

Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts 

Assets held for sale 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Deferred income taxes 

Total current assets 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation 

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization 

Goodwill 

Restricted assets 

Other assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
Current liabilities 

Accounts payable 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities 

Revolving line of credit 

Income taxes payable 

Current portion of restructuring reserve 

Current portion of capital lease obligation 

Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts 

Total current liabilities 

Revolving line of credit 

Long-term portion of capital lease obligation 

Deferred income taxes 

Other long-term liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16) 

Redeemable  Class  A  Junior  Preferred  stock,  $0.01  par  value,  no  shares  authorized,  issued  and  outstanding  at 
December 31, 2013, 10,000 shares authorized and issued, 5,100 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 

Redeemable  Class  B  Senior  Preferred  stock,  $0.01  par  value,  no  shares  authorized,  issued  and  outstanding  at 
December 31, 2013, 500,000 shares authorized, 75,000 shares issued, 36,388 shares outstanding at December 31, 
2012 

Class C Convertible Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding at  December 
31, 2013, 5,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 

Stockholders' equity 

Class A Common stock, $0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, 
22,725,500 shares authorized and issued, 11,590,005 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 

Class B Common stock, $0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, 
3,246,500 shares authorized, 2,870,712 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding at December 
31, 2013, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized, 26,112,007 shares issued and outstanding at 
December 31, 2013, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 

Additional paid-in capital 

Retained deficit 

Total stockholders' equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity 

December 31, 
 2013 

December 31, 
 2012 

    $                 1,138      $                 2,691  
3,821  
90,297  
73,918  
5,176  
6,198  
8,682  
3,562  
194,345  
55,076  
25,865  
6,511  
2,202  
2,013  
    $             318,540      $             286,012  

460   
111,285   
91,303   
7,921   
2,363   
9,332   
3,332   
227,134   
56,039   
24,789   
7,186   
1,359   
2,033   

    $               64,984      $               74,231  
25,277  
72,218  
2,939  
1,513  
1,329  
1,239  
178,746  
—  
5,635  
16,983  
9,007  
210,371  

30,528   
—   
2,989   
1,594   
1,240   
1,599   
102,934   
59,072   
6,011   
15,496   
7,346   
190,859   

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

36,477 

5,000 

116 

29 

— 

— 
46,534  
(12,515 ) 
34,164  
    $             318,540      $             286,012  

261 
144,570   
(17,150 )  
127,681   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCK BUILDING SUPPLY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

Year ended December 31, 

(in thousands of dollars, except share and per share amounts) 

Net sales 

Cost of goods sold 

Gross profit 

2013 
  $          1,197,037  
922,634 
274,403    

2012 
    $             942,398  
727,670 
214,728    

2011 
    $             759,982  
591,017 
168,965  

Selling, general and administrative expenses 

254,935 

221,192 

Depreciation expense 

Amortization expense 

Impairment of assets held for sale 

IPO transaction-related costs 

Restructuring expense 

Income (loss) from operations 

Other income (expenses) 

Interest expense 

Other income (expense), net 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes 

Income tax (expense) benefit 

Loss from continuing operations 

Income  (loss)  from  discontinued  operations,  net  of  tax  expense  of  $243,  $52,  and  $658 
respectively 

Net loss 

Class B Senior Preferred stock deemed dividend 

Accretion of beneficial conversion feature on Class C Convertible Preferred stock 

5,890 

2,236 

432 

10,008 

141 

273,642 

761 

(3,793 )  

870 

(2,162 )  

(2,874 )  

(5,036 )  

401 

(4,635 )  

(1,836 )  

— 

7,759 

1,470 

361 

— 

2,853 

233,635 

(18,907 )  

(4,037 )  

278 

(22,666 )  

8,084 

(14,582 )  

49 

(14,533 )  

(4,480 )  

(5,000 )  

213,036 

11,844 

1,457 

580 

— 

1,349 

228,266 

(59,301 ) 

(2,842 ) 

(2,120 ) 

(64,263 ) 

22,332 

(41,931 ) 

(202 ) 

(42,133 ) 

(4,188 ) 

— 

Loss attributable to common stockholders 

  $               (6,471 )     $             (24,013 )     $             (46,321 ) 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted 

18,205,892 

13,153,446 

22,262,337 

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share 

Loss from continuing operations 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations 

Net loss per share 

  $                 (0.38 )     $                 (1.83 )     $                 (2.07 ) 

0.02 

— 

(0.01 ) 

  $                 (0.36 )     $                 (1.83 )     $                 (2.08 ) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands of dollars, except 
share amounts) 

Stockholders' equity as of 
December 31, 2010 

Dividends accrued on Class B 
Senior Preferred stock 

Purchase of shares from existing 
stockholders 

Stockholder loans related to tax 
withholding on stock issuance 

Issuance of nonvested stock 
awards, net of forfeitures 

Stock compensation expense 

Net loss 

Stockholders' equity as of 
December 31, 2011 

Recognition of beneficial 
conversion feature on Class C 
Convertible Preferred stock 

Deemed dividend on Class C 
Convertible Preferred stock 

Dividends accrued on Class B 
Senior Preferred stock 

Issuance of common stock to 
related party (Note 14) 

Issuance of shares to existing 
stockholders 

Stockholder loans related to tax 
withholding on stock issuance 

Issuance of nonvested stock 
awards, net of forfeitures 

Exercise of stock options (Note 18)   
Stock compensation expense 

Net loss 

Stockholders' equity as of 
December 31, 2012 

Dividends accrued on Class B 
Senior Preferred stock 

Issuance of common stock, net of 
offering costs 

Conversion of Class A Common 
stock to common stock 

Conversion of Class B Common 
stock to common stock 

Reclassification and conversion of 
preferred stock to common stock in 
connection with the IPO (Note 2) 

Issuance of nonvested stock 
awards, net of forfeitures 

Repayment of stockholder loans 

Stock compensation expense 

Net loss 

Stockholders' equity as of 
December 31, 2013 

STOCK BUILDING SUPPLY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

  Class A Common stock    Class B Common stock   

Common stock 

Shares 

  Amount   

Shares 

  Amount   

Shares 

  Amount   

  Additional 
paid-in 
capital 

  Retained 
earnings 
(deficit) 

Total 

22,725,500 

    $     227 

1,973,509 

    $       20 

— 

    $       — 

    $    73,643 

    $ 48,339 

  $  122,229 

— 

— 

(11,135,495 )  

(111 )  

— 

— 
—  
—   

— 

— 

— 
—    

— 

— 

— 

(272,706 )  
—  
—   

11,590,005 

116 

1,700,803 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
—  
—  
—  

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

110,381 

337,636 

— 

175,648 
546,244  
—  
—  

11,590,005 

116 

2,870,712 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(11,590,005 )  

(116 )  

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(3 )  

— 
—    

17 

— 

— 

— 

1 

3 

— 

2 

6 

— 

— 

29 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
—  
—    

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
—  
—  
—  

— 

— 

4,411,765 

— 

  11,590,005 

— 

— 

(2,870,712 )  

(29 )  

2,870,712 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
—   

— 

(4,188 )  

(4,188 ) 

(24,889 )  

134 

3 

384 
—   

— 

— 

— 

(25,000 ) 

134 

— 

— 
(42,133 )  

384 
(42,133 ) 

— 

49,275 

2,018 

51,426 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

44 

116 

29 

5,000 

(5,000 )  

(4,480 )  

106 

325 

11 

(2 )  
(6 )  

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

5,000 

(5,000 ) 

(4,480 ) 

107 

328 

11 

— 

— 

1,305 

— 

— 
(14,533 )  

1,305 
(14,533 ) 

46,534 

(12,515 )  

34,164 

(1,836 )  

55,181 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
—    
(4,635 )  

(1,836 ) 

55,225 

— 

— 

43,313 

— 

401 
1,049  
(4,635 ) 

— 

— 
—  
—   
—   

— 

— 

— 
—    
—    

— 

— 
—  
—   
—   

— 

7,191,891 

72 

43,241 

— 

— 
—    
—    

47,634 
—  
—    
—    

— 

— 
—   
—   

— 

401 
1,049   
—   

— 

  $ 

— 

— 

  $ 

— 

  26,112,007 

    $     261 

    $  144,570 

    $(17,150 )     $  127,681 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCK BUILDING SUPPLY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(in thousands of dollars) 
Cash flows from operating activities 
Net loss 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash  used in operating activities 

2013 

Year ended December 31, 
2012 

2011 

   $               (4,635 )     $             (14,533 )     $             (42,133 ) 

Depreciation expense 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Amortization of debt issuance costs 
Deferred income taxes 
Non-cash stock compensation expense 
Impairment of assets held for sale 
(Loss) gain on sale of property, equipment and real estate 
Gain on reduction of earnout liability (Note 4) 
Bad debt expense 
Change in assets and liabilities 

Accounts receivable 
Inventories, net 
Costs in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
Current income taxes receivable/payable 
Other assets 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
Restructuring reserve 
Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts 
Other long-term liabilities 

Net cash used in operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Change in restricted assets 
Purchases of businesses 
Loan to seller of Total Building Services Group, LLC (Note 4) 
Proceeds from sale of property, equipment and real estate 
Purchases of property and equipment 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from revolving line of credit 
Repayments of proceeds from revolving line of credit 
Redemption of Class B Senior Preferred stock 
Redemption of Class A Junior Preferred stock and Class A Common stock 
Cash received from stockholder 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of offering costs 
Loans from related parties 
Sale of Class B Senior Preferred stock 
Dividends paid on Class B Senior Preferred stock 
Payments of debt issuance costs 
Payments on capital leases 
Secured borrowings 

Net cash provided by financing activities 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Beginning of period 
End of period 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information 
Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 
Income tax refunds received 
Non-cash investing and financing transactions 

9,827    
2,236    
596    
(1,257 )  
1,049    
432    
(60 )  
(195 )  
1,051    

(21,008 )  
(16,858 )  
(2,745 )  
(650 )  
50    
(13 )  
(10,795 )  
3,736    
(1,522 )  
360    
137    
(40,264 )  

4,204    
(2,373 )  
—    
3,754    
(7,448 )  
(1,863 )  

1,301,290    
(1,314,436 )  
—    
—    
—    
55,225    
401    
—    
—    
(298 )  
(1,610 )  
2    
40,574    
(1,553 )  

10,299    
1,470    
902    
(3,633 )  
1,305    
481    
169    
—    
2,333    

(27,026 )  
(22,712 )  
(1,288 )  
(784 )  
12,110    
2,314    
24,821    
1,798    
1,125    
131    
(1,525 )  
(12,243 )  

3,069    
(5,732 )  
(850 )  
1,393    
(2,741 )  
(4,861 )  

1,042,850    
(1,004,482 )  
(12,372 )  
—    
—    
—    
11    
328    
(10,628 )  
(555 )  
(1,311 )  
997    
14,838    
(2,266 )  

15,257  
1,457  
1,553  
(5,926 ) 
384  
610  
(2,609 ) 
—  
1,753  

(677 ) 
14,593  
(1,165 ) 
1,022  
8,920  
(5,771 ) 
(1,162 ) 
(699 ) 
(462 ) 
47  
8,007  
(7,001 ) 

2,555  
—  
—  
6,106  
(1,339 ) 
7,322  

787,394  
(766,544 ) 
—  
(25,000 ) 
5,000  
—  
134  
—  
—  
—  
(1,511 ) 
665  
138  
459  

4,498  
   $                 1,138       $                 2,691       $                 4,957  

4,957    

2,691    

   $                 3,424       $                 3,046       $                 1,165  
2,049  
24,782  

244    
16,399    

4,535    
206    

Accrued purchases of property and equipment 
Sale of assets in exchange for note receivable 
Capital lease obligations 
Disposals of capital lease assets 
Reclassification  and  conversion  of  preferred  stock  to  common  stock  in  connection  with 
the IPO (Note 2) 
Dividends accrued on Class B Senior Preferred stock (Note 17) 
Issuance of Class C Convertible Preferred stock (Note 17) 
Dividends on Class C Convertible Preferred stock (Note 17) 
Beneficial conversion feature on Class C Convertible Preferred stock (Note 17) 
Issuance of Class B Common stock (Note 14) 
Fair value of earnout agreement (Note 4) 

1,651    
305    
1,951    
54    

43,313 
1,836    
—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
6,135    
—    

— 
4,480    
5,000    
5,000    
5,000    
107    
1,075    

—  
—  
1,401  
198  

— 
4,188  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
 
  
   
   
 
 
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STOCK BUILDING SUPPLY HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(All amounts are presented in thousands except share and per share amounts.) 

1. 

Organization 

Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc., formerly known as Saturn Acquisition Holdings, LLC ("Saturn"), and its subsidiaries (the 
“Company,”  “we,”  “us”  and  “our”  )  distributes  lumber  and  building  materials  to  new  construction  and  repair  and  remodel 
contractors.  Additionally,  we  provide  solution-based  services  to  our  customers,  including  component  design,  production 
specification and installation management services. 

On  May  2,  2013,  Saturn  filed  a  Certificate  of  Conversion  with  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the  State  of  Delaware  to  effect  a 
conversion from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation and change the name of Saturn to Stock Building 
Supply  Holdings,  Inc.  In  connection  with  the  conversion  to  a  corporation,  each  one  share  of  Class  A  Common  stock,  Class  B 
Common stock, Class A Junior Preferred stock and Class C Convertible Preferred stock converted into one share of the same class 
of the converted entity. Each share of Class B Senior Preferred stock converted into 1.02966259 shares of the same class of the 
converted entity (with the additional shares representing the accumulated dividends thereon to the date of the conversion). 

On July 29, 2013, the Company filed an amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation effecting a 25.972-for-1 stock split of the 
Company’s common stock. The consolidated financial statements give retroactive effect to the stock split. 

2. 

Initial Public Offering 

On August 14, 2013, the Company completed its Initial Public Offering ("IPO") of 7,000,000 shares of common stock at a price of 
$14.00 per share. A total of 4,411,765 shares were offered by the Company and a total of 2,588,235 shares were sold by Gores 
Building Holdings, LLC and other selling stockholders of the Company. In connection with the IPO, the underwriters exercised in 
full  their  option  to  purchase  an  additional  1,050,000  shares  of  common  stock  from  certain  selling  stockholders.  As  a  result,  the 
total  IPO  size  was  8,050,000  shares.  The  Company  received  net  proceeds  of  $55,225  after  deducting  underwriting  discounts  of 
$4,324  and  other  expenses  directly  associated  with  the  IPO  of  $2,216,  including  legal,  accounting,  printing  and  roadshow 
expenses. The underwriting discounts and other expenses directly associated with the IPO have been recorded in additional paid-
in-capital  as  a  reduction  of  the  IPO  proceeds  on  the  condensed  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  December  31,  2013.  The 
Company used $46,225 of the net proceeds to pay down outstanding balances under its revolving line of credit and $9,000 was 
paid to The Gores Group, LLC ("Gores") to terminate our management services agreement with Gores.  

Upon the closing of the IPO, all outstanding shares of the Company’s Class A Common stock and Class B Common stock were 
reclassified and converted into an equal number of shares of a single class of common stock, all outstanding options to purchase 
Class B Common stock held by certain members of management were reclassified and converted into options to purchase an equal 
number of shares of common stock and all outstanding Class A Junior Preferred stock, Class B Senior Preferred stock and Class C 
Convertible  Preferred  stock  were  reclassified  and  converted  into  an  aggregate  of  7,191,891  shares  of  the  Company’s  common 
stock. 

As a result of the IPO, the Company expensed certain costs associated with the offering that were not directly attributable to the 
securities offered. The following table summarizes these costs for the year ended December 31, 2013: 

Year ended 
December 31, 2013 
9,000  
1,008  
10,008  

  $ 

  $ 

Management services agreement termination fee paid to Gores 

Other IPO transaction-related costs 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. 

Summary of significant accounting policies 

Basis of presentation 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared by management in conformity with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP"). 

Principles of consolidation 
The consolidated financial statements include all accounts of Stock Building Supply, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All 
material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Use of estimates 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company evaluates these estimates 
and  judgments  on  an  ongoing  basis  and  bases  its  estimates  on  historical  experience,  current  conditions  and  various  other 
assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making 
judgments  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  as  well  as  identifying  and  assessing  the  accounting  treatment  with 
respect to commitments and contingencies. The significant estimates which could change by a material amount in the near term 
include  accounts  receivable  reserves,  inventory  reserves,  supplier  rebates  and  goodwill  impairment.  Actual  results  may  differ 
materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. 

Business and credit concentrations 
The Company maintains cash at financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. Accounts receivable potentially expose 
the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk.  Mitigating  this  credit  risk  is  collateral  underlying  certain  accounts  receivable 
(perfected  liens  or  lien  rights)  as  well  as  the  Company’s  analysis  of  a  customer’s  credit  history  prior  to  extending  credit. 
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the Company’s large number of customers and 
their dispersion across various regions of the United States. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, no customer represented more than 
10% of accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, no customer represented more than 10% of 
revenue. 

The  Company’s  future  results  could  be  adversely  affected  by  a  number  of  factors  including:  competitive  pressure  on  sales  and 
pricing,  weather  conditions,  consumer  spending  and  debt  levels,  interest  rates,  existing  residential  home  sales  and  new  home 
construction, lumber prices and product mix. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and have a maturity of three 
months or less from the time of purchase. 

Restricted assets   
Restricted assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

Deposits for payment of casualty & health insurance claims 

Other deposits 

2013 

2012 

  $                    1,306      $                    5,690  
333  
  $                    1,819      $                    6,023  

513   

Restricted assets are classified as current or non-current assets based on their designated purpose. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of financial instruments 
ASC  820,  Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures  (“ASC  820”),  clarifies  the  definition  of  fair  value,  prescribes  methods  for 
measuring fair value, and establishes a fair value hierarchy to classify the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows: 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Inputs  are  unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  available  at  the 
measurement date. 

Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical 
or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable, 
and inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data. 

Level 3 

Inputs  are  unobservable  inputs  which  reflect  the  reporting  entity’s  own  assumptions  on  what  assumptions  the 
market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best available information. 

If a financial instrument uses inputs that fall in different levels of the hierarchy, the instrument will be categorized based upon the 
lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value calculation. 

Accounts receivable 
Accounts  receivable  result  from  the  extending  of  credit  to  trade  customers  for  the  purchase  of  goods  and  services.  The  terms 
generally  provide  for  payment  within  30  days  of  being  invoiced.  On  occasion,  when  necessary  to  compete  in  certain 
circumstances,  the  Company  will  sell  product  under  extended  payment  terms.  Accounts  receivable  are  stated  at  estimated  net 
realizable value. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on an assessment of individual past due accounts, historical write-
off  experience,  accounts  receivable  aging,  customer  disputes  and  the  business  environment.  Account  balances  are  charged  off 
when the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company grants trade discounts on a percentage basis. The Company 
records  an  allowance  against  accounts  receivable  for  the  amount  of  discounts  it  estimates  will  be  taken  by  customers.  The 
discounts are recorded as a reduction to revenue when products are sold. 

Consideration received from suppliers 
The Company enters into agreements with many of its suppliers providing for inventory purchase rebates (“supplier rebates”) upon 
achievement of specified volume purchasing levels. Supplier rebates are accrued as part of cost of goods sold based on progress 
towards earning the supplier rebates, taking into consideration cumulative purchases of inventory to date and projected purchases 
through the end of the year. The Company estimates the rebates applicable to inventory on-hand at each period end based on the 
inventory turns of the related items. Total rebates receivable at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are $4,885 and $2,599, respectively, 
included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.  

Revenue recognition 
The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  products  are  shipped  and  the  customer  takes  ownership  and  assumes  risk  of  loss, 
collection of the relevant receivable is reasonably assured, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed 
or determinable. All sales recognized are net of allowances for discounts and estimated returns, based on historical experience, and 
sales tax. 

Revenues  from  construction  contracts  generally  are  recognized  on  the  completed  contract  basis,  as  these  contracts  generally  are 
completed within 30 days. Revenues from certain construction contracts, which are generally greater than 30 days, are recognized 
on the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to estimated costs for each contract. 
Costs of goods sold related to construction contracts include all direct material, subcontractor and labor costs and those indirect 
costs  related  to  contract  performance,  such  as  indirect  labor,  supplies,  tools  and  repairs.  General  and  administrative  costs  are 
charged  to  expense  as  incurred.  Provisions  for  estimated  losses  on  uncompleted  contracts  are  made  in  the  period  in  which  such 
losses are determined. 

Shipping and handling costs 
The Company includes shipping and handling costs in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements 
of operations. Shipping and handling costs were $62,517, $50,943 and $48,139 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 
2011, respectively. 

Property and equipment 
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for renewals and betterments, which extend the useful lives of assets, are 
capitalized  while  maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to  expense  as  incurred.  Property  and  equipment  obtained  through 
acquisition are stated at estimated fair market value as of the acquisition date, and are depreciated over their estimated remaining 
useful  lives,  which  may  differ  from  our  stated  policies  for  certain  assets.  Gains  and  losses  related  to  the  sale  of  property  and 
equipment are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method and are generally depreciated over the following estimated 
service lives: 

Buildings and improvements 
Leasehold improvements 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
Vehicles 

40 years 
Lesser of life of the asset or remaining 
lease term, and not to exceed 10 years 
2–10 years 
4–7 years 

Property  and  equipment  acquired  in  connection  with  business  combinations  may  be  assigned  remaining  estimated  service  lives 
outside of these ranges. 

Assets are classified as held for sale if the Company commits to a plan to sell the asset within one year and actively markets the 
asset in its current condition for a price that is reasonable in comparison to its estimated fair value. Assets held for sale are stated at 
the lower of depreciated cost or estimated fair value less expected disposition costs. The majority of assets classified as held for 
sale as of December 31, 2013 are under contract to be sold during 2014. 

Goodwill and other intangible assets 
At  least  annually,  or  more  frequently  as  changes  in  circumstances  indicate,  the  Company  tests  goodwill  for  impairment.  To  the 
extent  that  the  carrying  value  of  the  net  assets  of  any  of  the  reporting  units  having  goodwill  is  greater  than  their  estimated  fair 
value, the Company may be required to record impairment charges. The Company’s reporting units are its East, South and West 
geographic divisions and Coleman Floor. The Company is required to make certain assumptions and estimates regarding the fair 
value  of  the  reporting  units  containing  goodwill  when  assessing  for  impairment.  Changes  in  the  fact  patterns  underlying  such 
assumptions and estimates could ultimately result in the recognition of additional impairment losses. 

During the third quarter of 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company performed its annual impairment assessment of goodwill which did 
not indicate that an impairment existed. During each assessment, the Company determined that the fair value of its reporting units 
containing goodwill substantially exceeded their carrying value. The Company estimated the fair value of the reporting units using 
the income approach. The income approach uses a reporting unit’s projection of estimated future cash flows that is discounted at a 
market  derived  weighted  average  cost  of  capital.  The  projection  uses  management’s  best  estimates  of  economic  and  market 
conditions  over  the  projected  period  including  growth  rates  in  sales,  costs,  estimates  of  future  expected  changes  in  operating 
margins and cash expenditures. As part of the 2013 assessment, the aggregate fair values of the reporting units were compared and 
reconciled to the Company's market capitalization. There was no active trading market for our equity or debt in 2012 and 2011. 

Acquired  intangible  assets  other  than  goodwill  are  amortized  over  their  weighted  average  amortization  period  unless  they  are 
determined  to  be  indefinite.  Acquired  intangible  assets  are  carried  at  cost,  less  accumulated  amortization.  For  intangible  assets 
purchased in a business combination, the estimated fair values of the assets received are used to establish the carrying value. The 
fair value of acquired intangible assets is determined using common valuation techniques, and the Company employs assumptions 
developed using the perspective of a market participant. 

Impairment of long-lived assets 
Long-lived  assets,  such  as  property,  equipment  and  purchased  intangible  assets  subject  to  amortization  are  reviewed  for 
impairment  whenever  facts  and  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  For 
impairment testing of long-lived assets, the Company identifies asset groups at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows 
are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets and liabilities. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is 
measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated 
by the assets. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the 
amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset. 

Income taxes 
The  Company  computes  income  taxes  using  the  asset  and  liability  method  in  accordance  with  ASC  740,  Income  Taxes(“ASC 
740”).  Deferred  taxes  represent  the  difference  between  the  tax  basis  of  assets  or  liabilities,  calculated  under  tax  laws,  and  the 
reported  amounts  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  Company  will  establish  a  valuation  allowance  for 
deferred  tax  assets  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  these  items  will  either  expire  before  the  Company  is  able  to  realize  their 
benefits,  or  that  future  deductibility  is  uncertain.  Periodically,  the  valuation  allowance  is  reviewed  and  adjusted  based  on 
management’s assessments of realizable deferred tax assets. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASC  740  also  prescribes  a  recognition  threshold  and  certain  measurement  principles  for  the  financial  statements  related  to  tax 
positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. Under ASC 740, the impact of an uncertain tax position on an income tax 
return  must  be  recognized  at  the  largest  amount  that  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  audit  by  the  relevant  taxing 
authority.  An  uncertain  income  tax  position  will  not  be  recognized  if  it  has  less  than  a  50%  likelihood  of  being  sustained. 
Additionally,  ASC  740  provides  guidance  on  derecognition,  classification,  interest  and  penalties  associated  with  income  taxes, 
accounting in interim periods, disclosures and transition requirements. 

The  Company’s  policy  is  to  recognize  interest  and  penalties  related  to  income  tax  liabilities  and  unrecognized  tax  benefits  in 
income tax expense. 

Casualty and health insurance 
The  Company  is  self  insured  for  general  liability,  auto  liability  and  workers’  compensation  exposures,  as  well  as  health  care 
claims, with specific excess insurance purchased from independent carriers to cover individual claims in excess of the self-insured 
limits. The expected liability for unpaid claims, including incurred but not reported losses, is reflected on the consolidated balance 
sheets as a liability with current and long-term components. The amount recoverable from insurance providers is reflected on the 
consolidated balance sheets in prepaid expenses and other current assets. Provisions for losses are developed from valuations that 
rely upon the Company’s past claims experience, which considers both the frequency and settlement of claims. The casualty and 
health insurance liabilities are recorded at their undiscounted value. 

Retirement savings program 
The  Company  sponsors  a  defined  contribution  retirement  savings  plan.  Employees  who  have  attained  the  age  of  18  and  have 
completed 90 days of service prior to the plan entry date are eligible to participate in the plan. The Company has recorded expense 
of  $1,200,  $904  and  $0  related  to  its  retirement  savings  programs  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011, 
respectively, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations.  

Lease obligations  
The Company recognizes lease obligations with fixed escalations of rental payments on a straight-line basis over the lease term, 
with the amount of rental expense in excess of lease payments recorded as a deferred rent liability. As of December 31, 2013 and 
2012,  the  Company  had  a  deferred  rent  liability  of  $1,614  and  $1,927,  respectively,  included  in  accrued  expenses  and  other 
liabilities and other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Advertising and promotion 
Costs  associated  with  advertising  and  promoting  products  and  services  are  expensed  in  the  period  incurred  and  totaled  $1,631, 
$1,323 and $399 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These costs are included in selling, general 
and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-based compensation 
In accordance with the requirements of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), the Company measures and 
recognizes compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees using a fair value based pricing model. The 
compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period.

Restructuring and related expenses 
The Company accounts for costs associated with exit or disposal in accordance with ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations 
(“ASC 420”), which requires that: (i) liabilities associated with exit and disposal activities be measured at fair value; (ii) one-time 
termination benefits be expensed at the date the entity notifies the employee, unless the employee must provide future service, in 
which case the benefits are expensed ratably over the future service period; (iii) liabilities related to an operating lease/contract be 
recognized and measured at its fair value when the contract does not have any future economic benefit to the entity (i.e., the entity 
ceases to utilize the rights conveyed by the contract); and (iv) for typically all other costs related to an exit or disposal activity to be 
expensed as incurred.

Debt issuance costs 
Costs  incurred  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  secured  credit  agreement  are  capitalized  and  amortized  over  the  term  of  the 
agreement. Total debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization, included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets 
were $1,640 and $1,937 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization of debt issuance costs for the years ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $596, $902 and $1,553, respectively, and is included in interest expense on the consolidated 
statements of operations.

Derivatives 
The Company recognizes all derivative instruments as assets or liabilities in the Company’s balance sheets at fair value. Changes 
in the fair value of derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges or that do not meet the hedge accounting criteria are 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
reported in earnings. The Company elected not to designate any new derivative instruments as hedges for the years 2013, 2012 or 
2011, and therefore all changes in the fair market value of the hedge contracts have been reported in cost of goods sold, on the 
consolidated statements of operations. 

The  Company  may  decide  to  designate  these  instruments  as  hedges  in  future  periods.  The  Company  does  not  enter  into  any 
derivatives  for  speculative  or  trading  purposes;  all  derivatives  are  used  to  offset  existing  or  expected  risks  associated  with 
fluctuations in interest rates or commodities. 

Warranty expense 
We have warranty obligations with respect to most manufactured products; however, the liability for the warranty obligations is 
not significant as a result of third-party inspection and acceptance processes. 

Comprehensive loss 
Comprehensive loss is equal to the net loss for all periods presented. 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements 
There were no significant new accounting pronouncements or changes to existing guidance that were applicable to us. 

4. 

Acquisitions 

For  all  acquisitions,  the  Company  allocates  the  purchase  price  to  the  estimated  fair  values  of  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities 
assumed  as  of  the  date  of  the  acquisition.  The  market  approach,  which  indicates  value  based  on  available  market  pricing  for 
comparable  assets,  is  utilized  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  inventory,  property  and  equipment.  The  income  approach,  which 
indicates  value  based  on  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flows,  is  primarily  used  to  value  intangible  assets.  The  cost  approach, 
which  estimates  values  by  determining  the  current  cost  of  replacing  an  asset  with  another  of  equivalent  utility,  is  used,  as 
appropriate, for certain assets for which the market and income approaches could not be applied due to the nature of the asset. 

Total Building Services Group, LLC 
On December 22, 2012, the Company purchased certain assets and liabilities of Total Building Services Group, LLC (“TBSG”) for 
$6,807.  TBSG  consists  of  one  location  in  Georgia  and  sells  framing,  millwork  and  building  materials  and  services  primarily  to 
residential contractors. The purchase of TBSG includes an earnout agreement (“Earnout”) in which the seller of TBSG participates 
in earnings over certain thresholds during the three fiscal years beginning January 1, 2013. At the acquisition date, the Company 
estimated the value of the Earnout to be $1,075 using discounted future cash flows. The Earnout has been classified as a Level 3 
measurement in accordance with ASC 820. The Company advanced $850 against future Earnout payments and earns 9% interest 
on the advanced amount. As of December 31, 2013, the net value of the Earnout and related advance was $0, based on cash flow 
projections as of that date. The Company recognized a gain of $195 for the year ended December 31, 2013 within selling, general 
and  administrative  expenses  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  related  to  the  reduction  of  the  Earnout  liability.  The 
Company incurred transaction costs of $106 and $183 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which 
are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. Net sales of TBSG for 
the year ended December 31, 2013 were $20,419. As the acquisition occurred on December 22, 2012, net sales of TBSG from the 
date of acquisition through December 31, 2012 is not significant. The impact of this acquisition on our operating results was not 
considered material for the reporting of pro forma financial information.  

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed on December 22, 2012. 

Accounts receivable 

Inventories 

Property and equipment 

Intangible assets-trademarks 

Intangible assets-supply agreement 

Intangible assets-customer relationships 

Total assets acquired 

Accounts payable 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities 

Current portion of capital lease obligation 

Long-term portion of capital lease obligation 

Total liabilities assumed 

Net assets acquired 

  $                            398  
1,524  
6,128  
1,132  
4,484  
1,967  
15,633  

(3,395 ) 
(56 ) 
(423 ) 
(4,952 ) 
(8,826 ) 
  $                         6,807  

Chesapeake Structural Systems 
On  April 8,  2013,  Commonwealth  Acquisition  Holdings,  LLC,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  purchased  certain 
assets and assumed certain liabilities of Chesapeake Structural Systems, Inc., Creative Wood Products, LLC and Chestruc, LLC 
(collectively “Chesapeake”) for an adjusted purchase price of $2,623. This amount includes an initial holdback amount of $250 
due to the sellers on April 8, 2014. The holdback amount may be reduced under certain circumstances, including the Company’s 
inability  to  collect  upon  acquired  accounts  receivable.  The  acquisition  provides  the  Company  with  component  manufacturing 
capability  to  serve  customers  in  the  Central  and  Northern  Virginia  markets.  The  Company  incurred  transaction  costs  of    $151 
during the year ended December 31, 2013 which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated 
statements of operations. Net sales of Chesapeake for the period from April 8, 2013 through December 31, 2013 were $7,929. The 
impact of this acquisition on our operating results was not considered material for the reporting of pro forma financial information.  

The  Company  acquired  total  assets  of  $3,108  and  assumed  liabilities  of  $1,410.  The  assets  acquired  include  a  customer 
relationship  intangible  asset  of  $1,160.  Goodwill  of  $675  arising  from  the  acquisition  consists  of  expected  synergies  and  cost 
savings  from  excess  purchase  price  over  identifiable  intangible  net  assets,  as  well  as  intangible  assets  that  do  not  qualify  for 
separate  recognition,  such  as  assembled  workforce.  All  of  the  goodwill  from  this  transaction  is  expected  to  be  deductible  for 
income tax purposes. 

5. 

Discontinued operations 

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2012  and  2011,  the  Company  ceased  operations  in  certain  geographic  markets  due  to 
declines  in  residential  home  building  throughout  the  U.S.  and  other  strategic  reasons.  The  Company  will  have  no  further 
significant  continuing  involvement  in  the  sold  operations  and  exited  geographic  markets.  The  cessation  of  operations  in  these 
markets has been treated as discontinued operations as the markets had distinguishable cash flows and operations that have been 
eliminated from ongoing operations. To determine if cash flows have been (or will be) eliminated from ongoing operations, we 
evaluate  a  number  of  qualitative  and  quantitative  factors,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  proximity  of  a  closing  store  to  any 
remaining open stores and the potential sales migration from the closed store to any stores remaining open. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The operating results of the discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:  

Year ended December 31, 

Net sales 
Restructuring charges 
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income (loss) 

2013 

2011 

2012 
    $                —      $           1,103      $         14,670  
(1,033 ) 
456  
(658 ) 
(202 ) 

(31 )  
644   
(243 )  
401   

(55 )  
101   
(52 )  
49   

The assets and liabilities of discontinued operations reflected on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 
are as follows: 

Inventories, net 
Real estate held for sale 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Current assets of discontinued operations 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation 

Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations 

Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
Restructuring reserve 

Current liabilities of discontinued operations 

Long-term restructuring reserve 
Other long-term liabilities 

Noncurrent liabilities of discontinued operations 

6. 

Restructuring costs 

2013 

2012 

    $                —      $                20  
700  
700   
35  
8   
755  
708   
28  
—   
28  
—   
2  
—   
167  
37   
277  
295   
446  
332   
384  
89   
4  
—   
    $                89      $              388  

In addition to discontinuing operations in certain markets, the Company has instituted store closures and reductions in headcount 
in continuing markets (collectively, the “Restructurings”) in an effort to: (i) strengthen the Company’s competitive position; (ii) 
reduce  costs  and  (iii)  improve  operating  margins  within  existing  markets  that  management  believes  have  favorable  long-term 
growth demographics. 

No additional costs, other than interest accretion, are expected to be incurred related to the Restructurings. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  restructuring  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  the  Restructurings  and  the  remaining 
reserves as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011: 

Restructuring reserves, December 31, 2010 

Restructuring charges incurred 

Cash payments 

Restructuring reserves, December 31, 2011 

Restructuring charges incurred 

Cash payments 

Restructuring reserves, December 31, 2012 

Restructuring charges incurred 

Cash payments 

Restructuring reserves, December 31, 2013 

61 

Total 

Work force 
reductions 

Store 
closures 
    $            671      $         3,791      $         4,462  
2,382  
(2,844 ) 
4,000  
2,908  
(1,783 ) 
5,125  
209  
(1,732 ) 
    $            190      $         3,412      $         3,602  

2,285   
(2,141 )  
3,935   
2,555   
(1,718 )  
4,772   
209   
(1,569 )  

97   
(703 )  
65   
353   
(65 )  
353   
—   
(163 )  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  restructuring  charges  incurred  for  store  closures  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012  primarily  relate  to  management’s 
determination that subleasing closed properties was no longer reasonably assumed which resulted in revised estimates. 

The remaining accrual for work force reduction of $190 is expected to be fully paid by January 2015. The remaining accrual for 
store closures of $3,412 is expected to be fully paid by January 2017 as the related leases expire.   

The restructuring reserve at December 31, 2013 consists of a current portion of $1,594 and a long-term portion of $2,008, which is 
included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. 

7. 

Accounts receivable 

Accounts receivable consist of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

Trade receivables 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 

Allowance for sales returns and discounts 

The following table shows the changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts: 

2013 

2012 

  $       115,876      $         94,962  
(3,095 ) 
(1,570 ) 
  $       111,285      $         90,297  

(2,707 )  
(1,884 )  

Balance at January 1 

Additions charged to expense 

Deductions (write-offs) 

Balance at December 31 

2013 

2011 

2012 
  $           3,095      $           2,669      $           4,826  
1,753  
(3,910 ) 
  $           2,707      $           3,095      $           2,669  

2,333   
(1,907 )  

1,051   
(1,439 )  

Recoveries of amounts previously written off were $1,785, $3,402 and $9,084 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 
2011, respectively. 

8. 

Inventories 

Inventories consist principally of materials purchased for resale, including lumber, sheet goods, millwork, windows and doors, as 
well as certain manufactured products and are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost being measured using an average 
cost  approach,  which  approximates  the  first-in,  first-out  approach.  A  provision  for  excess  and  obsolete  inventory  of  $2,174  and 
$1,833 is recorded as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

9. 

Property and equipment 

Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

Land 

Buildings and improvements 

Leasehold improvements 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment 

Vehicles 

Construction-in-progress 

Less: Accumulated depreciation 

2013 

2012 

    $         18,210      $         18,210  
24,992  
7,178  
51,554  
25,387  
293  
127,614  
(72,538 ) 
    $         56,039      $         55,076  

25,279   
7,721   
51,713   
27,918   
2,719   
133,560   
(77,521 )  

Depreciation  expense  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013,  2012  and  2011  was  $9,827,  $10,299  and  $15,257,  respectively, 
including amortization expense related to capital leases. Depreciation expense of $3,936, $2,489 and $2,887 was included in cost 
of goods sold, in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2013, the Company had real estate held for sale of $1,663 and $700 included in continuing operations and 
discontinued operations, respectively, related to closed branches. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had real estate held for 
sale of $5,117 and $700 included in continuing operations and discontinued operations, respectively, related to closed branches. 
During  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  the  Company  reclassified  $0  and  $970,  respectively,  of  property  and 
equipment  to  assets  held  for  sale,  as  the  assets  met  the  held  for  sale  criteria  as  set  forth  in  ASC  360,  Property,  Plant  and 
Equipment (“ASC 360”). 

As  of  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  the  Company  had  other  assets  held  for  sale  of  $0  and  $381,  respectively,  in  continuing 
operations, consisting primarily of information technology equipment. 

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded impairment charges related to assets held for sale 
of $432, $481 and $610, respectively. The impairment charges arose primarily from declining commercial real estate values. The 
Company estimated the fair value of the assets classified as held for sale using recent sales data for similar properties in the area 
and analyzed the expected cash flows from different sales scenarios. 

During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company had proceeds from the sale of property and equipment 
of  $553,  $952  and  $5,220,  respectively,  and  proceeds  from  the  sales  of  real  estate  held  for  sale  of  $3,201,  $441  and  $886, 
respectively. These disposals were primarily related to assets of stores closed as part of the restructuring events discussed in Note 
6. 

10. 

Goodwill and intangible assets, net 

Goodwill 

December 31, 2012 

Acquisition of Chesapeake (Note 4) 

December 31, 2013 

  $           6,511  
675  
  $           7,186  

The  following  table  shows  changes  in  goodwill  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013.  All  of  the  Company's  goodwill  as  of 
December 31, 2013 is recorded in the Geographic divisions reportable segment (Note 19). 

Intangible assets 
Intangible  assets  represent  the  value  assigned  to  trademarks,  customer  relationships  and  a  supply  agreement  in  connection  with 
acquired  companies.  The  trademarks,  customer  relationships  and  supply  agreement  are  being  amortized  over  weighted-average 
periods of 17.3 years, 11.6 years and 13.0 years, respectively. The following table provides the gross carrying amount and related 
accumulated amortization of definite-lived intangible assets. 

Trademarks 

  Customer Relationships 

Gross 

Gross 

Supply Agreement 
Gross 

  Total 

Carrying 

Amount 

  Accumulated  
  Amortization  

Carrying 

Amount 

  Accumulated  
  Amortization  

Carrying 

Amount 

  Accumulated    
  Amortization    

Amortization 

December 31, 2011   $       15,853      $       (2,221 )     $         6,982      $          (862 )     $              —      $              —      $19,752  
7,583  
1,967   
Acquisitions 
—   
(1,470 ) 
25,865  
8,949   
1,160  
1,160   
—   
Amortization 
(2,236 ) 
December 31, 2013   $       16,985      $       (4,120 )     $       10,109      $       (2,310 )     $         4,484      $          (359 )     $24,789  

1,132   
—   
16,985   
—   
—   

—   
(909 )  
(3,130 )  
—   
(990 )  

—   
(552 )  
(1,414 )  
—   
(896 )  

4,484   
—   
4,484   
—   
—   

—   
(9 )  
(9 )  
—   
(350 )  

December 31, 2012 

Acquisitions 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aggregate  amortization  expense  was  $2,236,  $1,470  and  $1,457  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013,  2012  and  2011, 
respectively.  Based  upon  current  assumptions,  the  Company  expects  that  its  definite-lived  intangible  assets  will  be  amortized 
according to the following schedule: 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

Thereafter 

$ 

$ 

2,253  
2,253  
2,253  
2,253  
2,253  
13,524  
24,789  

11. 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consists of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

Accrued payroll and other employee related expenses 

Accrued taxes 

Self-insurance reserves 

Advances from customers 

Accrued professional fees 

Accrued rebates payable 

Accrued short-term deferred rent 

Accrued related party management fees (Note 14) 

Accrued interest and lending fees 

Litigation reserve (Note 16) 

Other 

12. 

Secured Credit Agreement 

2013 

2012 

    $         12,595      $           6,940  
4,156  
3,365  
2,981  
1,214  
826  
593  
119  
778  
2,146  
2,159  
    $         30,528      $         25,277  

5,421   
3,236   
3,725   
1,366   
853   
586   
130   
178   
140   
2,298   

On  June 30,  2009,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Secured  Credit  Agreement  (the  “Credit  Agreement”)  with  Wells  Fargo  Capital 
Finance (“WFCF”), which includes a revolving line of credit (the “Revolver”). The Revolver was amended during 2012 and 2013 
for  changes  in  financial  covenants,  maximum  availability,  maturity  date  and  interest  rate.  The  following  is  a  summary  of  the 
significant terms of the Revolver as of December 31, 2013: 

Maturity 

Interest/Usage Rate 

Maximum Availability 
Periodic Principal Payments  None 
(a) 

December 31, 2016 
Company’s option of Base Rate(a) plus a Base Rate Margin (ranges from 0.50%–1.00% based 
on  Revolver  availability)  or  LIBOR  plus  a  LIBOR  Rate  Margin  (ranges  from  1.50%–2.00% 
based on Revolver availability) 
Lesser of $150,000 or the borrowing base(b) 

Base Rate is the higher of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5% or (ii) the prime rate.  

(b) 

The Revolver’s borrowing base is calculated as the sum of (i) 85% of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable plus (ii) 
the lesser of 90% of the eligible credit card receivables and $5,000, plus (iii) the lesser of $125,000, 65% of the eligible 
inventory or 85% of the net liquidation value of eligible inventory as defined in the Credit Agreement minus (iv) reserves 
from time to time set by the administrative agent. The eligible accounts receivable and inventories are further adjusted as 
specified  in  the  Credit  Agreement.  The  Company’s  borrowing  base  can  also  be  increased  pursuant  to  certain  terms 
outlined in the Credit Agreement. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Credit  Agreement  provides  that  the  Company  can  use  the  Revolver  availability  to  issue  letters  of  credit.  The  fees  on  any 
outstanding letters of credit issued under the Revolver include a participation fee equal to the LIBOR Rate Margin. The fee on the 
unused portion of the Revolver is 0.375% if the average daily usage is $75,000 or below, and 0.25% if the average daily usage is 
above  $75,000.  The  Revolver  includes  a  financial  covenant  that  requires  the  Company  to  maintain  a  minimum  Fixed  Charge 
Coverage Ratio of 1.00:1.00 as defined by the Credit Agreement. The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio requirement is only applicable 
if the sum of (i) availability under the Revolver and (ii) qualified cash ("Adjusted Liquidity") is less than $15,000, and remains in 
effect until the date on which Adjusted Liquidity has been greater than or equal to $15,000 for a period of 30 consecutive days. 
The  Company  has  incurred  operating  losses  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2012  and  2011  and  has  used  cash  for  operating 
activities for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. While there can be no assurances, based upon the Company’s 
forecast, the Company does not expect the financial covenants to become applicable during the year ended December 31, 2014. 

The Company had outstanding borrowings of $59,072 and $72,218 with net availability of $71,002 and $31,344 as of December 
31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The interest rate on outstanding LIBOR Rate borrowings of $52,000 was 1.9% and the interest 
rate on outstanding Base Rate borrowings of $7,072 was 4.00% as of December 31, 2013. The interest rate on outstanding LIBOR 
Rate  borrowings  of  $65,000  ranged  from  3.1%-3.3%  and  the  interest  rate  on  outstanding  Base  Rate  borrowings  of  $7,218  was 
5.0% as of December 31, 2012. The Company had $8,900 and $7,550 in letters of credit outstanding under the Credit Agreement 
as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Revolver is collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company. The 
carrying value of the Revolver at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 approximates fair value as the Revolver contains a 
variable  interest  rate.  As  such,  the  fair  value  of  the  Revolver  was  classified  as  a  Level  2  measurement  in  accordance  with  ASC 
820. 

The Revolver is classified as a long-term liability as of December 31, 2013 as the Company is no longer required to maintain a 
lockbox sweep arrangement with WFCF, due to net availability exceeding a minimum threshold defined in the Credit Agreement. 

The  Company  entered  into  Amendment  Eleven  to  the  Credit  Agreement  on  February  18,  2014.  See  Note  22  for  the  significant 
provisions included in the amendment. 

13. 

Other long-term liabilities 

Other long-term liabilities consists of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

Self-insurance reserve (Note 3) 

Long-term restructuring reserve (Note 6) 

Long-term deferred rent (Note 3) 

Other 

14. 

Related party transactions 

2013 

2012 

  $           4,310      $           3,866  
3,612  
1,334  
195  
  $           7,346      $           9,007  

2,008   
1,028   
—   

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011,  the  Company  incurred  expenses  related  to  management  services 
provided by Gores and Glendon Saturn Holdings, LLC ("Glendon"), an affiliate of Gores. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 
2012  and  2011,  these  expenses  were  $1,306,  $1,379  and  $1,963,  respectively,  and  are  included  in  selling,  general  and 
administrative  expenses  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  The  management  services  agreement  with  Gores  was 
terminated  on  August  14,  2013  in  connection  with  the  IPO,  and  the  Company  paid  Gores  a  $9,000  termination  fee  on  that  date 
(Note 2). 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company incurred fees related to services provided by members of the Company's 
Board  of  Directors  who  are  employed  by  Gores  and  Glendon  of  $113.  These  fees  are  included  in  selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. 

The Company incurred expenses related to management services provided by Wolseley plc ("Wolseley") through November 16, 
2011. For the year ended December 31, 2011, these expenses were $443 and are included in selling, general and administrative 
expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. 

As  of  December 31,  2012,  the  Company  had  related  party  promissory  note  balances  of  $401,  which  represented  advances,  and 
accrued  interest  thereon,  due  from  Glendon  and  other  shareholders  of  the  Company.  These  notes  were  repaid  in  full  during  the 
second quarter of 2013. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On July 1, 2012, the Company made a $531 loan to an executive of the Company related to an exercise of stock options. This loan 
was forgiven by the Company on June 14, 2013 (Note 18). 

On March 1, 2012, the Company issued Glendon 110,381 Class B Common shares. 

The  Company  leases  an  operating  facility  from  a  partnership  that  is  partially  owned  by  an  employee.  Rental  payments  of  $114 
were made during the year ended December 31, 2013 related to this lease. No rental payment were made during the years ended 
December 31, 2012 and 2011 related to this lease. 

Prior to July 1, 2013, the Company was part of a group health care plan with Gores. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 
2012, the Company had $0 and $750, respectively, on deposit with Gores as a reserve for the payment of run-off health care claims 
in the event of a Plan termination, which is included in restricted assets on the consolidated balance sheets. As of July 1, 2013, the 
Company is no longer part of the group health care plan with Gores and maintains an independent health care plan. 

On February 22, 2010, the Company entered into a Software, Services, License and Maintenance Services Agreement with United 
Road  Services  Inc.  and  its  subsidiary  Vehix  Transvision,  LLC  (collectively  “URS”)  for  the  development,  implementation, 
maintenance and support of customized software related to our Stock Logistics Solutions capability. The agreement with URS was 
subsequently  amended  and  restated  on  March  3,  2013  to  update  certain  services  and  deliverables.  When  we  entered  into  the 
original agreement in 2010, URS was also owned by Gores as one of its portfolio companies. Gores divested its ownership interest 
in URS on December 14, 2012 and URS is no longer under common ownership with the Company. Accordingly, the Company 
does not consider URS a related party subsequent to December 14, 2012. The Company paid URS $773 and $883 during the year 
ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

15. 

Income taxes 

The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December, 31 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows: 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Current 

Federal 

State 

Deferred 

Federal 

State 

  $           3,961      $         (4,596 )     $       (16,300 ) 
552  
(15,748 ) 

197   
(4,399 )  

413   
4,374   

(1,859 )  
602   
(1,257 )  

(4,513 ) 
(1,413 ) 
(5,926 ) 
  $           3,117      $         (8,032 )     $       (21,674 ) 

(2,759 )  
(874 )  
(3,633 )  

The  2013  income  tax  expense  of  $3,117  consists  of  $2,874  related  to  continuing  operations  and  $243  related  to  discontinued 
operations.  The  2012  income  tax  benefit  of  $8,032  consists  of  $8,084  related  to  continuing  operations  and  ($52)  related  to 
discontinued operations. The 2011 income tax benefit of $21,674 consists of $22,332 related to continuing operations and ($658) 
related to discontinued operations. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of differences between the statutory U.S. Federal income tax rate of  35% and the Company’s effective tax rate 
from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 follows: 

Income tax expense at statutory rate 

State taxes, net of federal tax 

Nondeductible termination fee on management services agreement 

Nondeductible capitalized transaction costs 

Nondeductible compensation expense 

Nondeductible (permanent) items- other 

IRC Section 199 manufacturing deduction 

Changes in tax rates 

Indemnity tax asset 

Uncertain tax positions 

Other items 

Valuation allowance 

2013 

2012 

2011 

35.0 %  
(0.4 ) 

(157.6 ) 

(3.8 ) 

(8.1 ) 

(1.3 ) 
17.0  
(11.2 ) 
—  
—  
(3.7 ) 
1.2  
(132.9 )%  

35.0 %  
1.7  
—  
—  
—  
(1.0 )   
—  
0.5  
(0.5 )   
1.5  
0.8  
(2.3 )   
35.7 %  

35.0 % 
2.5  
—  
—  
—  
(0.2 ) 
—  
0.2  
(1.1 ) 
3.0  
(2.5 ) 

(2.1 ) 

34.8 % 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows at December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

Deferred tax assets related to 

Accounts receivable 

Inventory 

Accrued expenses 

Other reserves and liabilities 

Net operating loss and credit carryforwards 

Valuation allowance 

    Total deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax liabilities related to 

Real estate held for sale 

Intangible assets 

Property and equipment 

Other assets 

    Total deferred tax liabilities 

    Net deferred tax liability 

2013 

2012 

  $           1,385      $              516  
1,763  
5,218  
3,913  
3,325  
14,735  
(1,946 ) 
12,789  

1,322   
3,375   
5,464   
2,160   
13,706   
(1,919 )  
11,787   

(903 )  
(4,523 )  
(17,474 )  
(1,051 )  
(23,951 )  

(2,296 ) 
(4,391 ) 
(18,735 ) 
(788 ) 
(26,210 ) 
  $       (12,164 )     $       (13,421 ) 

At December 31, 2013, the Company had $53,854 of state net operating loss carryforwards expiring at various dates through 2032. 
During 2013, the Company fully utilized its prior year Federal net operating loss carryforward and credits to reduce its current year 
federal income tax liability.   

Section 382  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  (“IRC”)  imposes  annual  limitations  on  the  utilization  of  net  operating  loss  carry-
forwards, other tax carry-forwards, and certain built-in losses upon an ownership change as defined under that section. In general 
terms,  an  ownership  change  may  result  from  transactions  that  increase  the  aggregate  ownership  of  certain  stockholders  in  the 
Company’s stock by more than 50 percentage points over a three year testing period. If the Company were to experience an IRC 
section 382 ownership change, an annual limitation could be imposed on certain of the Company’s tax attributes, including its net 
operating losses, capital loss carry-forwards, and certain other losses, credits, deductions or tax basis. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
The Company recognized a current income tax payable of $2,989 and $2,939 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

During 2013 and 2012, the Company paid $4,535 and $244  in Federal and state income tax payments, respectively. During 2013 
and  2012,  the  Company  carried  back  certain  state  tax  net  operating  losses  as  a  tax  deduction  to  offset  taxable  income  in  prior 
taxable periods. As a result of this tax loss carry back, the Company received tax refunds of $206 in 2013 and $16,399 in 2012. As 
of  December  31,  2012,  the  Company  is  no  longer  able  to  carry  back  its  tax  net  operating  losses;  therefore,  to  the  extent  the 
Company  generates  future  tax  net  operating  losses,  the  Company  may  be  required  to  increase  the  valuation  allowance  on  net 
deferred tax assets and income tax benefit would be adversely affected. 

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company evaluates its deferred tax assets to determine if valuation allowances are required. In 
assessing  the  realizability  of  deferred  tax  assets,  the  Company  considers  both  positive  and  negative  evidence  in  determining 
whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  some  portion  or  all  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  The  primary  negative 
evidence considered includes the cumulative operating losses generated in prior periods. The primary positive evidence considered 
includes  the  reversal  of  deferred  tax  liabilities  related  to  depreciation  and  amortization  that  would  occur  within  the  same 
jurisdiction and during the carry forward period necessary to absorb the Federal and state net operating losses and other deferred 
tax assets. The reversal of such liabilities would utilize the state net operating losses and other deferred tax assets. 

Based upon the positive and negative evidence considered, the Company believes it is more likely than not that it will realize the 
benefit of the deferred tax assets, net of the existing state tax valuation allowances of $1,919 and $1,946 as of December 31, 2013 
and 2012, respectively. To the extent the Company generates sufficient taxable income in the future to fully utilize the tax benefits 
of the net deferred tax assets on which a valuation allowance was recorded, the Company’s effective tax rate would be impacted as 
the valuation allowance is reversed. 

The following table shows the changes in the amount of the Company’s valuation allowance: 

Balance at January 1, 

Additions charged to expense 

Deductions - other 

Balance at December 31, 

2013 

2011 

2012 
  $           1,946      $           1,418      $                50  
1,368  
—  
  $           1,919      $           1,946      $           1,418  

528   
—   

—   
(27 )  

During 2013, several state tax jurisdictions in which the Company conducts business enacted new laws to change their respective 
income  tax  rates  prospectively.    As  a  result  of  the  change  in  tax  rates,  the  Company  reduced  its  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  and 
assets as well as the respective valuation allowances.   

At  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  the  Company  has  recognized  no  material  uncertain  tax  positions.    During  2012,  the  statute  of 
limitations expired for certain tax periods where the Company had previously recognized a long-term liability related to uncertain 
tax positions. As a result, the Company increased current income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2012 by $347 and 
decreased the long-term liability related to the uncertain tax positions. The Company also recognized $347 within other income 
(expense),  net,  on  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations  due  to  the  reduction  in  a  corresponding  related  Wolseley  indemnity 
asset. 

A  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  amount  of  gross  unrecognized  tax  benefits  (exclusive  of  the  effect  of  interest  and 
penalties) is as follows: 

Balance at January 1, 
Tax positions taken in prior periods: 

   Gross increases 

   Gross decreases 
Tax positions taken in current period: 

   Gross increases 

Settlements with taxing authorities 

Lapse of applicable statute of limitations 

Balance at December 31, 

2013 

2012 

2011 

$ 

—    $ 

266    $ 

2,027  

—   
—   

—   
—   
—   
—    $ 

—   
—   

—   
—   
(266 )  

—    $ 

—  
—  

—  
—  
(1,761 ) 
266  

$ 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
Certain  state  tax  returns  are  under  examination  by  various  regulatory  authorities.  The  Company‘s  state  tax  returns  are  open  to 
examination for an average of three years. However, certain jurisdictions remain open to examination longer than three years due 
to the existence of net operating losses and statutory waivers. The Company’s Federal returns are open to examination for three 
years;  however,  due  to  statutory  waivers,  the  Company's  tax  years  ended  July 31,  2008  and  May 5,  2009  remain  open  until 
December 31,  2014  with  the  Federal  tax  authorities.  The  Company  is  currently  under  examination  by  the  IRS  for  its  tax  years 
ended  July 31,  2008,  May 5,  2009,  March 31,  2010,  March 31,  2011  and  March 31,  2012.  At  December 31,  2013  and  2012,  the 
Company has recognized $2,859 and $2,923, respectively, related to expected tax, penalties and interest payments as a result of the 
IRS audits in its current income tax payable. 

The  Company’s  policy  is  to  recognize  interest  and  penalties  related  to  income  tax  liabilities  and  unrecognized  tax  benefits  in 
income  tax  expense  and  to  the  extent  the  liability  relates  to  pre-Acquisition  Date  tax  periods,  the  Company  recognizes  a 
corresponding benefit related to the indemnity agreement from a subsidiary of Wolseley. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the 
Company  has  neither  material  unrecognized  tax  benefits  nor  any  associated  interest  and  penalties.  During  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized penalties and interest related to income tax liabilities and uncertain 
tax  benefits  of  $64,  $73  and  $213  in  income  tax  expense,  respectively.    As  of  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  the  Company 
recognized penalties and interest of $248 and $180, respectively, within its current income tax payable.  

16. 

Commitments and contingencies 

The  Company  is  obligated  under  capital  leases  covering  fleet  vehicles  and  certain  equipment,  as  well  as  one  facility.  The  fleet 
vehicles  and  equipment  leases  generally  have  terms  ranging  from  three  to  six  years  and  the  facility  lease  has  a  term  of  eleven 
years. The carrying value of property and equipment under capital leases was $7,218 and $6,999 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $3,942 and $2,799, respectively. Amortization of assets held under capital leases 
is included with depreciation expense on the consolidated statements of operations. 

The  Company  also  has  several  noncancellable  operating  leases,  primarily  for  buildings,  improvements,  and  equipment.  These 
leases generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from one to five years and require the Company to pay all executory 
costs such as property taxes, maintenance and insurance. 

Future minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) 
and future minimum capital lease payments as of December 31, 2013 are as follows: 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

Thereafter 

Less: Amounts representing interest 

Total obligation under capital leases 

Less: Current portion of capital lease obligation 

Long term capital lease obligation 

  Capital leases 
  Operating leases   
    $                1,628      $              19,103    
10,978    
10,135    
5,946    
3,147    
15,120    

1,371   
1,019   
926   
856   
3,340   
9,140      $              64,429   (a) 
(1,889 )    
7,251     
(1,240 )    
    $                6,011     

(a)  Minimum  operating  lease  payments  have  not  been  reduced  by  minimum  sublease  rentals  of  $1,431  due  in  the  future  under 
noncancelable subleases. 

Total rent expense under these operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $19,066, $18,616 and 
$21,070,  respectively,  which  are  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  on  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations. Future payments for certain leases will be adjusted based on increases in the consumer price index. 

As  of  December  31,  2013,  the  Company  had  commitments  to  purchase  $8,645  of  vehicles  and  certain  equipment,  which  are 
enforceable and legally binding on us. We expect to pay for and take possession of these assets during the first quarter of 2014. 

In  2012  and  2013,  the  Company  was  a  defendant  in  various  pending  lawsuits  arising  from  assertions  of  defective  drywall 
manufactured  in  China  and  purchased  and  installed  by  certain  of  the  Company’s  subcontractors,  including  In  re:  Chinese-

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Manufactured Drywall Products Liability Litigation, MDL Case No. 2047, in the United States District Court Eastern District of 
Louisiana  (the  “MDL”).  The  Company  has  sought  and  continues  to  seek  reimbursement  from  Wolseley,  the  manufacturer, 
intermediate distributors, insurers, and others related to any costs incurred to investigate and repair defective Chinese drywall and 
resulting  damage. As  of  December 31,  2012,  the  Company  had  recorded  a  liability  of  $1,638  in  accrued  expenses  and  other 
liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets as an estimate of probable future payouts related to the MDL. As of December 31, 
2012,  the  Company  had  also  recorded  an  indemnification  asset  of  $1,638  in  prepaid  expenses  and  other  current  assets  on  the 
consolidated  balance  sheets  as  it  expected  full  indemnification  for  any  amounts  paid  related  to  these  claims.  The  MDL  was 
resolved in March 2013 without any impact to the Company’s income statement or cash flows and the Company no longer holds 
the liability nor the asset relating to the aforementioned matter. 

From time to time, various claims, legal proceedings and litigation are asserted or commenced against the Company principally 
arising  from  alleged  product  liability,  product  warranty,  casualty,  construction  defect,  contract,  tort,  employment  and  other 
disputes.  In  determining  loss  contingencies,  management  considers  the  likelihood  of  loss  as  well  as  the  ability  to  reasonably 
estimate the amount of such loss or liability. An estimated loss is recorded when it is considered probable that such a liability has 
been incurred and when the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. It is not certain that the Company will prevail in these 
matters. However, the Company does not believe that the ultimate outcome of any pending matters will have a material adverse 
effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

17. 

Equity and redeemable securities 

Equity securities subsequent to the IPO 
Upon the consummation of the IPO and the filing of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on August 14, 2013, 
and  as  of  December  31,  2013,  the  Company’s  classes  of  stockholders’  equity  consist  of  (i)  common  stock,  $0.01  par  value, 
300,000,000 shares authorized and (ii) preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized. 

Equity and redeemable securities prior to the IPO 
Prior to the IPO, the Company had the following classes of common and preferred stock: 

Common Stock 
The Company's common stock consisted of Class A Voting Common shares and Class B Nonvoting Common shares, each with a 
par value of $0.01 per share. 

Class A Junior Preferred Stock 
These preferred shares, held by Gores, had a par value of $0.01 per share and were redeemable by the Company at any time after 
July 31, 2012 for the liquidation preference of $1.00 per share, but had no voting or participation rights other than in the event of a 
liquidation. 

In the event of an involuntary liquidation, these shares were entitled to the liquidation preference which was to be paid out after 
Class B Senior Preferred shares and Class C Convertible Preferred shares but before all common shares. Further, these shares had 
no conversion features into common shares. These shares are recorded as redeemable securities (outside of permanent equity) on 
the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012. 

Class B Senior Preferred Stock 
These preferred shares, held by Gores, had a par value of $0.01 per share and were redeemable at any time after May 5, 2011 by 
the Company for the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends. 

These shares had no voting or participating rights, but were eligible to receive cumulative preferential distributions of 8% annually 
when  authorized  by  the  board.  Dividends  earned,  but  not  declared  or  paid  by  the  Class  B  Senior  Preferred  shares  as  of 
December 31, 2012 were $89. In the event of an involuntary liquidation, these shares were entitled to the liquidation preference 
which  was  to  be  paid  out  before  all  other  preferred  and  common  shares.  These  shares  were  also  mandatorily  redeemable  at  the 
liquidation preference upon an IPO. These shares had no conversion features into common shares. These shares are recorded as 
redeemable securities (outside of permanent equity) on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012. 

Class C Convertible Preferred Stock 
These  preferred  shares,  held  by  Gores,  had  the  same  voting  rights  as  the  Class  A  Common  shares.  The  shares  were  entitled  to 
receive distributions equal to the amount of distributions as if the shares had been converted into Class A Common shares. In the 
event  of  an  involuntary  liquidation,  these  shares  were  entitled  to  the  liquidation  which  was  to  be  paid  out  after  Class  B  Senior 
Preferred shares but before all other preferred and common shares. These shares also provided Gores with the option to convert 
into 4,454,889 Class A Common shares at any time at a conversion price of $1.1223625. These shares are recorded as redeemable 
securities (outside of permanent equity) on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  the  conversion  rate  was  less  than  the  deemed  fair  value  of  the  Class  A  Common  shares  of  $2.25,  the  Class  C  Convertible 
Preferred shares contained a beneficial conversion feature as described in ASC 470. The difference in the stated conversion price 
and  estimated  fair  value  of  the  Class  A  Common  shares  of  $5,000  was  accounted  for  as  a  beneficial  conversion  feature.  As  the 
option to convert the shares belonged to the holders, the beneficial conversion feature was recognized in the year ended December 
31, 2012 as a deemed dividend, which increased the Company's net loss attributable to common stockholders by $5,000 as well as 
the Company's net loss per share by $0.38. 

As  discussed  in  Note  2,  upon  the  closing  of  the  IPO,  all  shares  of  existing  common  and  preferred  stock  were  reclassified  and 
converted into shares of common stock. 

The following table shows the changes in the classes of preferred stock, which are recorded as redeemable securities (outside of 
permanent equity): 

Class A 

Class B 

Class C 

December 31, 2011 

Issuance of Class C Convertible Preferred stock 

Recognition  of  beneficial  conversion 
Class C Convertible Preferred stock 

feature  on 

Deemed  dividend  on  Class  C  Convertible  Preferred 
stock 

Dividends accrued on Class B Senior Preferred stock 

Redemption of Class B Senior Preferred stock 

Dividends paid on Class B Senior Preferred stock 

December 31, 2012 

Conversion  of  Saturn  Acquisition  Holdings,  LLC 
preferred stock to Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. 
preferred stock (Note 1) 

Dividends accrued on Class B Senior Preferred stock 

Reclassification  and  conversion  of  preferred  stock  to 
common stock in connection with the IPO (Note 2) 

December 31, 2013 

18. 

Equity based compensation 

  Shares    Amount    Shares    Amount    Shares    Amount 
—      $       —  
5,000  

48,760      $54,997   
—   

5,100      $       —   
—   

5,000   

—   

—   

— 

— 
—   
—   
—   
5,100   

— 
—   

— 

— 
—   
—   
—   
—   

— 
—   

— 

— 

— 

(5,000 ) 

— 
—   
(12,372 )  
—   
36,388   

— 
4,480   
(12,372 )  
(10,628 )  
36,477   

— 
—   
—   
—   
5,000   

5,000 
—  
—  
—  
5,000  

1,079 
—   

— 
1,836   

— 
—   

— 
—  

(5,100 )  

— 
—      $       —   

(37,467 )  

(38,313 )  
—      $       —   

(5,000 )  

(5,000 ) 
—      $       —  

2013 Incentive Plan 
In connection with the IPO, the Company adopted the Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan 
("2013 Incentive Plan"). The 2013 Incentive Plan provides for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, 
other stock-based awards, other cash-based compensation and performance awards. The aggregate number of shares of common 
stock which may be issued or used for reference purposes under the 2013 Incentive Plan or with respect to which awards may be 
granted  may  not  exceed  1,800,000  shares.  In  general,  if  awards  under  the  2013  Incentive  Plan  are  for  any  reason  canceled,  or 
expire or terminate unexercised, the shares covered by such awards may again be available for the grant of awards under the 2013 
Incentive  Plan.  As  of  December  31,  2013,  a  total  of  1,254,489  common  shares  were  available  for  issuance  under  the  2013 
Incentive Plan. 

Nonvested stock awards 
Certain  employees  of  the  Company  were  granted  common  shares  during  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013,  2012  and  2011. 
These  shares  vest  over  a  period  of  three  or  four  years  based  on  continued  employment  with  the  Company  and  the  related 
compensation  expense  is  amortized  over  the  vesting  period  and  included  in  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  on  the 
consolidated statements of operations. 

Stock option awards 
During  the  years  ended  December 31,  2013,  2012  and  2011,  certain  directors  and  employees  of  the  Company  were  awarded 
options to purchase common shares. These options vest over a period of three or four years based on continued employment with 
the  Company  and  the  related  compensation  expense  is  amortized  over  the  vesting  period  and  included  in  selling,  general  and 
administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations. The stock options have a maximum contractual term of 10 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
years from the date of grant. There was no cash impact related to the stock option awards during the years ended December 31, 
2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Restricted stock units 
During the year ended December 31, 2013, certain directors of the Company were awarded restricted stock units. These units vest 
over a period of two years based on continuing service on the Company's Board of Directors. 

Stock purchases 
In January 2012, the Company’s board of directors approved the issuance and sale of 337,636 Class B Common shares to certain 
members of management for $0.97 per share. These shares were estimated to have a fair value at issuance of $1.98 per share. The 
Company recorded $342 in stock compensation expense in 2012 as a result of these sales of stock at a price below fair value. 

Shares awarded that revert to the Company as a result of forfeiture or termination, expiration or cancellation of an award or that 
are  used  to  exercise  an  award  or  for  tax  withholding,  will  be  again  available  for  issuance.  The  following  table  highlights  the 
expense related to share-based payments for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011: 

Nonvested stock 

Stock options 

Restricted stock units 

Stock purchases 

Stock based compensation 

2013 

2011 

2012 
    $              512      $              580      $              127  
257  
—  
—  
    $           1,049      $           1,305      $              384  

383   
—   
342   

511   
26   
—   

The  fair  value  of  stock  options  was  estimated  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.  The  Company  used  the  following 
assumptions to value the stock options issued during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011: 

Expected dividend yield 

Expected volatility factor (a) 

Risk-free interest rate (b) 

Expected term (in years) (c) 

2013 

2012 

2011 

0 %  
49% - 51%  
1.8% - 2.0%  
6.0 - 6.5  

0 %  
58 %  
0.8% - 0.9%  
3.7 - 3.9  

0 % 

59 % 

1.0 % 

4.3 

(a) 
(b) 
(c) 

The Company estimated its volatility factor based on the average volatilities of similar public entities. 
The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant. 
For stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2013, the expected term was derived utilizing the 
"simplified method" in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110, which 
uses  the  mid-point  between  the  vesting  date  and  the  expiration  date  of  the  award.  We  believe  use  of  this  approach  is 
appropriate  given  the  lack  of  prior  history  of  option  exercises  upon  which  to  base  an  expected  term.  For  stock  options 
granted  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2012  and  2011,  the  expected  term  was  based  on  the  vesting  term  and 
contractual term of the options and the expected exercise behavior of the option holders. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following is a summary of nonvested stock and restricted stock unit activity: 

December 31, 2010 

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited 

December 31, 2011 

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited 

December 31, 2012 

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited 

December 31, 2013 

Nonvested Stock 

Restricted Stock Units 

Number of 
shares 
outstanding   

Weighted 
average 
grant date 
fair value 

Number of 
units 
outstanding   

Weighted 
average 
grant date 
fair value 

1,123,289      $             1.06   
1.92   
0.98   
1.16   
1.11   
1.98   
1.51   
1.92   
1.06   
16.78   
6.51   
—   
427,993      $           15.72   

64,930   
(181,804 )  
(337,636 )  
668,779   
234,086   
(448,355 )  
(58,437 )  
396,073   
593,878   
(561,958 )  
—   

—      $                —  
—  
—   
—  
—   
—  
—   
—  
—   
—  
—   
—  
—   
—  
—   
—  
—   
13.96  
10,000   
—  
—   
—  
—   
10,000      $           13.96  

The following is a summary of stock option award activity: 

Number of 
options 

Weighted 
average 
exercise price   

Contractual 
term (in 
years) 

  Intrinsic value 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010 

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited/Canceled 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011 

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited/Canceled 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012 

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited/Canceled 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013 

845,259      $              2.05     
1.92     
64,930   
—     
—   
—     
—   
2.04     
910,189   
0.97     
1,006,936   
—     
—   
1.82     
(1,144,274 )  
0.97     
772,851   
14.17     
489,377   
0.97     
(546,244 )  
14.00     
(1,500 )  

714,484      $              9.98   

9.0     $            5,883  

Exercisable at December 31, 2013 

94,083      $              0.97   

6.9     $            1,623  

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013 

635,276      $              9.59   

8.9     $            5,480  

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the exercise price on 910,189 stock options was revised to $0.97, and 234,086 options 
were canceled and reissued as nonvested shares. These transactions were accounted for as modifications under ASC 718. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 
was $7.03, $1.23 and $0.91, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value for 2012 excludes 910,189 stock options that 
were affected by the modification described above.  

As described in Note 14, the Company forgave a $531 loan to an executive of the Company on June 14, 2013 related to an exercise 
of 546,244 stock options. Prior to the date of the loan forgiveness, the options were legally exercised, but not considered exercised 
for accounting purposes. As of the date of the loan forgiveness, the options were considered exercised for accounting purposes. 
The exercised shares retained their original vesting requirements, and as such, are presented as both an exercise of stock options 
and a grant of nonvested stock in the tables above. 

No stock options were exercised for cash during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

The following table summarizes the Company’s total unrecognized compensation cost related to equity based compensation as of 
December 31, 2013: 

Nonvested stock 

Stock options 

Restricted stock units 

Unrecognized 
compensation cost 
    $                         1,058   
2,655   
113   

    $                         3,826     

Weighted average 
remaining period of 
expense recognition 
(in years) 

2.1 

2.8 

1.6 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19. 

Segments 

ASC  280,  Segment  Reporting  (“ASC  280”)  defines  operating  segments  as  components  of  an  enterprise  about  which  separate 
financial  information  is  available  that  is  evaluated  regularly  by  the  chief  operating  decision  maker  in  deciding  how  to  allocate 
resources and in assessing performance. 

The  Company's  operating  segments  consist  of  the  East,  South,  and  West  divisions  along  with  Coleman  Floor,  which  offers 
professional flooring installation services. Due to the similar economic characteristics, nature of products, distribution methods and 
customers, the Company has aggregated our East, South and West operating segments into one reportable segment, "Geographic 
divisions." 

In addition to our reportable segment, the Company's consolidated results include "Coleman Floor" and "Other reconciling items," 
which is comprised of our corporate activities. 

The  following  tables  present  Net  sales,  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  certain  other  measures  for  the  reportable  segment  and  total 
continuing operations for the periods indicated. In the Company's previously issued consolidated financial statements for the years 
ended  December  31,  2012  and  2011,  Coleman  Floor  and  Other  reconciling  items  were  combined  into  a  single  category  called 
Other.  These  amounts  are  presented  separately  in  the  tables  below.  Furthermore,  certain  corporate  assets  totaling  $7,578  and 
$7,224  as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, have been recategorized from Geographic divisions to Other reconciling 
items.  

Geographic divisions 

Coleman Floor 

Other reconciling items 

Geographic divisions 

Coleman Floor 

Other reconciling items 

Geographic divisions 

Coleman Floor 

Other reconciling items 

December 31, 
2013 

Net Sales 

  Gross Profit   

Year ended December 31, 2013 
Depreciation 
& 
Amortization   
  Total Assets 
    $    1,148,032      $       264,322      $         11,124      $         52,780      $       292,047  
10,096  
16,397  
    $       318,540  

134   
802   
    $    1,197,037      $       274,403      $         12,060     

2,127   
(27,104 )  

10,081   
—   

49,005   
—   

Adjusted 
EBITDA 

December 31, 
2012 

Net Sales 

  Gross Profit   

Year ended December 31, 2012 
Depreciation 
& 
Amortization   
  Total Assets 
    $       905,278      $       206,407      $           9,901      $         23,992      $       255,441  
6,327  
24,244  
    $       286,012  

118   
1,699   
    $       942,398      $       214,728      $         11,718     

1,798   
(23,797 )  

37,120   
—   

8,204   
117   

Adjusted 
EBITDA 

December 31, 
2011 

Net Sales 

  Gross Profit   

Year ended December 31, 2011 
Depreciation 
& 
Amortization   
  Total Assets 
    $       733,947      $       163,400      $         14,152      $         (3,342 )     $       207,827  
4,709  
42,105  
    $       254,641  

281   
1,755   
    $       759,982      $        68,965      $         16,188     

26,035   
—   

(564 )  
(26,893 )  

Adjusted 
EBITDA 

5,565   
—   

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation to consolidated financial statements: 

Year ended December 31, 

Net loss, as reported 

Interest expense 

Income tax expense (benefit) 

Depreciation and amortization 

Impairment of assets held for sale 

IPO transaction-related costs 

Restructuring expense 

Discontinued operations, net of taxes 

Management fees 

Non-cash compensation expense 

Acquisition costs 

Severance  and  other  expense  related  to  store  closures  and  business 
optimization 

Reduction of tax indemnification asset 

Other items 

Adjusted EBITDA of Coleman Floor 

Adjusted EBITDA of other reconciling items 

Adjusted EBITDA of geographic divisions reportable segment 

2013 

2011 

2012 
    $         (4,635 )     $       (14,533 )     $       (42,133 ) 
2,842  
(22,332 ) 
16,188  
580  
—  
1,349  
202  
2,406  
384  
1,017  

4,037   
(8,084 )  
11,718   
361   
—   
2,853   
(49 )  
1,379   
1,305   
284   

3,793   
2,874   
12,060   
432   
10,008   
141   
(401 )  
1,307   
1,049   
257   

1,113 
—   
(195 )  
(2,127 )  
27,104   

6,761 
1,937  
—  
564  
26,893  
    $         52,780      $         23,992      $         (3,342 ) 

2,375 
347   
—   
(1,798 )  
23,797   

The Company does not earn revenues or have long-lived assets located in foreign countries. In accordance with the enterprise-wide 
disclosure requirements of the accounting standard, the Company's net sales from external customers by main product lines are as 
follows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011: 

2013 

2011 

2012 
    $       157,975      $       106,745      $         87,542  
143,128  
247,299  
178,361  
103,652  
    $    1,197,037      $       942,398      $       759,982  

219,191   
428,384   
249,711   
141,776   

178,449   
333,952   
202,532   
120,720   

Structural components 

Millwork & other interior products 

Lumber & lumber sheet goods 

Windows & other exterior products 

Other building products & services 

Total net sales 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20. 

Income (loss) per common share 

Basic net income (loss) per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the 
weighted  average  shares  outstanding  during  the  period.  Diluted  EPS  is  calculated  by  adjusting  weighted  average  shares 
outstanding  for  the  dilutive  effect  of  common  share  equivalents  outstanding  for  the  period,  determined  using  the  treasury-stock 
method. For purposes of the diluted EPS calculation, stock options and nonvested stock awards are considered to be common stock 
equivalents.  Class  C  Convertible  Preferred  shares  are  considered  to  be  participating  securities.  During  periods  of  net  income, 
participating  securities  are  allocated  a  proportional  share  of  net  income  determined  by  dividing  total  weighted  average 
participating securities by the sum of total weighted average common shares and participating securities (“the two-class method”). 
During periods of net loss, no effect is given to participating securities since they do not share in the losses of the Company. 

The basic and diluted EPS calculations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are presented below: 

Year ended December 31, 

Loss from continuing operations 

Class B Senior Preferred stock deemed dividend 

Accretion  of  beneficial  conversion  feature  on  Class  C  Convertible 
Preferred stock 

Loss attributable to common stockholders, from continuing operations 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax 

Loss attributable to common stockholders 

2013 

2012 
    $         (5,036 )     $       (14,582 )     $       (41,931 ) 
(4,188 ) 

(4,480 )  

(1,836 )  

2011 

— 
(6,872 )  
401   

— 
(46,119 ) 
(202 ) 
    $         (6,471 )     $       (24,013 )     $       (46,321 ) 

(5,000 )  
(24,062 )  
49   

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted 
Basic and diluted EPS 

18,205,892   

13,153,446   

22,262,337  

Loss from continuing operations 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations 

Net loss per share 

    $           (0.38 )     $           (1.83 )     $           (2.07 ) 
(0.01 ) 
    $           (0.36 )     $           (1.83 )     $           (2.08 ) 

0.02   

—   

The following table provides the securities that could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future, but were not included 
in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive:  

Stock option awards 

Nonvested stock awards 

Restricted stock units 

Class C Convertible Preferred Stock (as converted basis) 

Year ended December 31, 

2013 

714,484   
427,993   
10,000   
—   

2012 

772,851   
396,073   
—   
4,454,889   

2011 

910,189  
668,779  
—  
—  

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. 

Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data 

The following tables summarize the consolidated quarterly results of operations for 2013 and 2012: 

2013 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Net sales 

Gross profit 

(Loss) income from continuing operations 

Income  from  discontinued  operations,  net  of 
taxes 

Net (loss) income 
Basic (loss) income per share 

Income (loss) from continuing operations 

Income from discontinued operations 

Net (loss) income per share 
Diluted (loss) income per share 

(Loss) income from continuing operations 

Income from discontinued operations 

Net (loss) income per share 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Net sales 

Gross profit 

Loss from continuing operations 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net 
of taxes 

Net (loss) income 
Basic and diluted (loss) income per share 

Loss from continuing operations 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations 

Net loss per share 

22. 

Subsequent events 

First Quarter 

  Second Quarter   Third Quarter    Fourth Quarter 
  $           248,726      $           314,653      $           328,468      $           305,190  
73,722  
2,897  

75,381   
(5,603 )  

71,510   
1,884   

53,790   
(4,214 )  

157 
(4,057 )  

94 
1,978   

90 
(5,513 )  

60 
2,957  

  $               (0.36 )     $                 0.06      $               (0.30 )     $                 0.12  
—  
  $               (0.35 )     $                 0.07      $               (0.30 )     $                 0.12  

0.01   

0.01   

—   

  $               (0.36 )     $                 0.06      $               (0.30 )     $                 0.11  
—  
  $               (0.35 )     $                 0.07      $               (0.30 )     $                 0.11  

0.01   

0.01   

—   

2012 

First Quarter 

  Second Quarter   Third Quarter    Fourth Quarter 
  $          187,939      $           246,492      $           255,833      $           252,134  
57,727  
(3,771 ) 

58,516   
(249 )  

55,054   
(2,109 )  

43,431   
(8,453 )  

(113 )  
(8,566 )  

(128 )  
(2,237 )  

289 
40   

1 
(3,770 ) 

  $               (1.15 )     $               (0.24 )     $               (0.10 )     $               (0.36 ) 
—  
  $               (1.16 )     $               (0.25 )     $               (0.08 )     $               (0.36 ) 

0.02   

(0.01 )  

(0.01 )  

On February 18, 2014, the Company entered into Amendment Eleven to the Credit Agreement. The significant provisions included 
in the amendment are as follows: 

•   The maximum availability under the Revolver was increased to $200,000. 
•   The maturity date was extended to December 31, 2017. 
•   The borrowing base is calculated as the sum of (i) 85% of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable plus (ii) the lesser 

of 90% of the eligible credit card receivables and $5,000, plus (iii) the lesser of $150,000, 65% of the eligible inventory or 
85% of the net liquidation value of eligible inventory plus (iv) the lesser of $30,000, 85% of the net liquidation value of 
eligible fixed assets or the net book value of fixed assets, all as defined in the Credit Agreement, minus (v) reserves from 
time to time set by the administrative agent. 

•   The fee on the unused portion of the Revolver was set at 0.25%, regardless of average daily usage. 
•   The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio requirement is only applicable if Adjusted Liquidity is less than $20,000, and remains 

in effect until the date on which Adjusted Liquidity has been greater than or equal to $20,000 for a period of 30 
consecutive days.  

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Item 9.    Change in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures 

 None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Disclosure controls and procedures 
Our senior management is responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-
15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the  “Exchange  Act”),  designed  to  ensure  that 
information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  us  in  the  reports  that  we  file  or  submit  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed, 
summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms.    Disclosure  controls  and  procedures 
include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the 
reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its 
principal  executive  officer  or  officers  and  principal  financial  officer  or  officers,  or  persons  performing  similar  functions,  as 
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

We have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under 
the  Exchange  Act)  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  with  the  participation  of  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and 
Chief Financial Officer, as well as other key members of our management.  Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2013. 

Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting 
This Annual Report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an 
attestation report of the Company's registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for 
newly public companies. 

Remediation of material weakness 
A  material  weakness  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  existed  as  of  December  31,  2012  and  September  30,  2013.  
During 2013, we identified transactions that should have been considered in the January 1, 2012 valuation of the Company’s Class 
A and Class B Common stock. 

We have remediated the material weakness. Remediation included designing, implementing and testing improved processes and 
controls during the third and fourth quarters of 2013 related to the review of the underlying assumptions and inputs to be used in 
valuations and the evaluation of how different value outputs may give rise to different equity accounting treatments. Further, the 
completion of our IPO on August 14, 2013 created an active market for our common stock. In valuing the equity based awards 
issued upon the consummation of our IPO, we used quoted market prices for our common stock, and we will review to verify that 
quoted  market  prices  are  used  for  our  common  stock,  where  applicable,  in  future  valuations.    We  cannot  assure  you  that  the 
measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to avoid potential future material 
weaknesses. 

Changes in internal control over financial reporting 
Except as described above in “—Remediation of Material Weakness,” there was no change in our internal control over financial 
reporting  during  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2013  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.   Other Information 

None. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer-We have 
adopted a Code of  Ethics which applies to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer and all our 
other employees, and which can be found through our website, www.stocksupply.com under the Investors section. 

The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K will be included under the captions “Election of Directors (Proposal 1)” 
and  “Directors  and  Executive  Officers”  in  the  Company’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders 
(“Fiscal 2013 Proxy Statement”) to be held May 21, 2014, which section is incorporated in this item by reference. The information 
required  by  Items  405,  407(d)(4)  and  407(d)(5)  of  Regulation  S-K  will  be  included  under  the  captions  “Stock  Ownership 
Information-Section 16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”  and  “Corporate  Governance”  in  the  Fiscal  2013  Proxy 
Statement, which sections are incorporated in this item by reference. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

The  information  required  by  Item 402  of  Regulation  S-K  will  be  included  under  the  captions  “Executive  Compensation”  and 
“Director  Compensation”  in  the  Fiscal  2013  Proxy  Statement,  which  section  is  incorporated  in  this  item  by  reference.  The 
information required by Item 407(e)(4) of Regulation S-K will be included under the caption “Compensation Committee Interlocks 
and Insider Participation” in the Fiscal 2013 Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated in this item by reference. 

The  information  required  by  Item 407(e)(5)  of  Regulation  S-K  will  be  included  under  the  caption  “Compensation  Committee 
Report” in the Fiscal 2013 Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated in this item by reference; however, such information is 
only “furnished” hereunder and not deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  appear  under  the  headings  “Stock  Ownership  Information”  in  our  Fiscal  2013  Proxy 
Statement, which section is incorporated in this item by reference. 

The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K will be included under the caption “Stock Ownership Information” in 
our Fiscal 2013 Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated in this item by reference. 

The information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K will be included under the caption “Stock Ownership Information” in our 
Fiscal 2013 Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated in this item by reference. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 

The information required by Item 404 of Regulation S-K will be included under the caption “Related Person Transactions” in our 
Fiscal 2013 Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated in this item by reference. 

The  information  required  by  Item 407(a)  of  Regulation  S-K  will  be  included  under  the  caption  “Director  Independence”  in  our 
Fiscal 2013 Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated in this item by reference. 

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The information required by this item will appear under the heading “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm (Proposal No.

2)” in our Fiscal 2013 Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated in this item by reference.

80 

 
 
 
 
 
Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)    The following documents are filed as part of this report: 

PART IV 

1.  The list of consolidated financial statements and related notes, together with the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers     
     LLP, appear in Part II, Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10-K and are hereby    
     incorporated by reference. 

2.  Financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable. 

3. The following documents are filed, furnished or incorporated by reference as exhibits to this report as required by 

 Item 601 of Regulation S-K. 

Exhibit No. 

Description 

2.1 

2.2 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

Restructuring and Investment Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2009, by and among Wolseley Investments North 
America,  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  LLC  and  Saturn  Acquisition  Holdings,  LLC  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1, as 
amended, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission File No. 333-189368) 
Plan of Conversion of Saturn Acquisition Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Stock 
Building Supply Holdings, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission 
on June 14, 2013 in Commission File No. 333-189368) 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 
15, 2013 in Commission File No. 001-36050) 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
3.2  to  the  Registrant’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  Commission  on  August  15,  2013  in 
Commission File No. 001-36050) 

Form of stock certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. 
Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission 
File No. 333-189368) 
Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June  30,  2009,  by  and  among  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings  II,  LLC,  as 
parent, the subsidiaries of parent party thereto, as borrowers, the lenders party thereto, and Wells Fargo Capital 
Finance (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), as the co-lead arranger and administrative agent (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1, as 
amended, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission File No. 333-189368) 

Amendment  No.  1  and  Waiver  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  January  11,  2010,  by  and  among  Stock 
Building Supply Holdings II, LLC, as parent, the subsidiaries of parent party thereto, as borrowers, the lenders 
party thereto, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), as the co-lead arranger and 
administrative  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc. 
Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission 
File No. 333-189368) 

Amendment No. 2 and Waiver to Credit Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2010, by and among Stock Building 
Supply  Holdings  II,  LLC,  as  parent,  the  subsidiaries  of  parent  party  thereto,  as  borrowers,  the  lenders  party 
thereto,  and  Wells  Fargo  Capital  Finance  (f/k/a Wells  Fargo  Foothill,  LLC),  as  the  co-lead  arranger  and 
administrative  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc. 
Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission 
File No. 333-189368) 

Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement and Consent, dated as of June 30, 2010, by and among Stock Building 
Supply  Holdings  II,  LLC,  as  parent,  the  subsidiaries  of  parent  party  thereto,  as  borrowers,  the  lenders  party 
thereto,  and  Wells  Fargo  Capital  Finance  (f/k/a Wells  Fargo  Foothill,  LLC),  as  the  co-lead  arranger  and 
administrative  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc. 
Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission 
File No. 333-189368) 

Amendment  No.  4  to  Credit  Agreement  and  Consent,  dated  as  of  November  16,  2011,  by  and  among  Stock 
Building Supply Holdings II, LLC, as parent, the subsidiaries of parent party thereto, as borrowers, the lenders 
party thereto, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), as the co-lead arranger and 
administrative  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  to  the  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc. 
Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission 
File No. 333-189368) 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No. 

Description 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

Amendment  No.  5  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  31,  2012,  by  and  among  Stock  Building  Supply 
Holdings  II,  LLC,  as  parent,  the  subsidiaries  of  parent  party  thereto,  as  borrowers,  the  lenders  party  thereto, 
and Wells Fargo Capital Finance (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), as the co-lead arranger and administrative 
agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  to  the  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc.  Registration 
Statement  on  Form  S-1,  as  amended,  filed  with  the  Commission  on  June  14,  2013  in  Commission  File  No. 
333-189368) 

Amendment  No.  6  to  Credit  Agreement  and  Consent,  dated  as  of  December  13,  2012,  by  and  among  Stock 
Building Supply Holdings II, LLC, as parent, the subsidiaries of parent party thereto, as borrowers, the lenders 
party thereto, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), as the co-lead arranger and 
administrative  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.7  to  the  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc. 
Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission 
File No. 333-189368) 

Amendment  No.  7  to  Credit  Agreement  and  Consent,  dated  as  of  December  21,  2012,  by  and  among  Stock 
Building Supply Holdings II, LLC, as parent, the subsidiaries of parent party thereto, as borrowers, the lenders 
party thereto, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance (f/k/a Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), as the co-lead arranger and 
administrative  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.8  to  the  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc. 
Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission 
File No. 333-189368) 

Amendment No. 8 to Credit Agreement and Consent, dated as of May 31, 2013, by and among Stock Building 
Supply  Holdings  II,  LLC,  as  parent,  the  subsidiaries  of  parent  party  thereto,  as  borrowers,  the  lenders  party 
thereto,  and  Wells  Fargo  Capital  Finance  (f/k/a  Wells  Fargo  Foothill,  LLC),  as  the  co-lead  arranger  and 
administrative  agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.9  to  the  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc. 
Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission 
File No. 333-189368) 

Amendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 2 to Security Agreement and Consent, dated as 
of June 13, 2013, by and among Stock Building Supply Holdings II, LLC, as parent, the subsidiaries of parent 
party  thereto,  as  borrowers,  the  lenders  party  thereto,  and  Wells  Fargo  Capital  Finance  (f/k/a  Wells  Fargo 
Foothill, LLC), as the co-lead arranger and administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to 
the  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc.  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  as  amended,  filed  with  the 
Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission File No. 333-189368) 

Amendment No. 10 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2013, by and among Stock Building Supply 
Holdings, Inc., as parent, the subsidiaries of parent party thereto, as borrowers, the lenders party thereto, and 
Wells  Fargo  Capital  Finance  (f/k/a  Wells  Fargo  Foothill,  LLC),  as  the  co-lead  arranger  and  administrative 
agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Amended Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A, filed with 
the Commission on November 1, 2013 in Commission File No. 001-36050) 

Amended and Restated Professional Services Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2013, by and between Glendon 
Partners,  Inc.  and  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.11  to  the 
Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc.  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  as  amended,  filed  with  the 
Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission File No. 333-189368) 

Management  Services  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May 4,  2009,  by  and  between  The  Gores  Group,  LLC  and 
Saturn  Acquisition  Holdings,  LLC  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.12  to  the  Stock  Building  Supply 
Holdings, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 
in Commission File No. 333-189368) 

Termination  of  Management  Services  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June  13,  2013,  by  and  between  The  Gores 
Group, LLC and Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Stock 
Building Supply Holdings, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission 
on June 14, 2013 in Commission File No. 333-189368) 

Contribution Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2011, by and between Saturn Acquisition Holdings, LLC 
and Gores Building Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Stock Building Supply 
Holdings, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 
in Commission File No. 333-189368) 

Registration  rights  provisions  applicable  to  certain  stockholders  of  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc. 
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit D of Exhibit 2.2 hereof) 

Director Nomination Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013, by and among Stock Building Supply Holdings, 
Inc. and Gores Building Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 15, 2013 in Commission File No. 001-36050) 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013, between Stock Building Supply 
Holdings, Inc. and Jeffrey G. Rea (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 15, 2013 in Commission File No. 001-36050) 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013, between Stock Building Supply 
Holdings, Inc. and James F. Major, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 15, 2013 in Commission File No. 001-36050) 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No. 

Description 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

21.1 

23.1 

24.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013, between Stock Building Supply 
Holdings,  Inc.  and  Bryan  J.  Yeazel  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the  Registrant’s  Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on August 15, 2013 in Commission File No. 001-36050) 

Severance Agreement, dated December 16, 2013, between Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. and Lisa M. 
Hamblet 

Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Stock Building Supply 
Holdings, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 
in Commission File No. 333-189368) 

Form of Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. 2013 Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.21 to the Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, 
filed with the Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission File No. 333-189368) 
Description of Management Incentive Plan for Executive Officers 

Form  of  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  Pursuant  to  the  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc.  2013 
Incentive  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.23  to  Amendment  2  to  the  Stock 
Building Supply Holdings, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission 
on July 29, 2013 in Commission File No. 333-189368) 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Agreement  Pursuant  to  the  Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc.  2013  Incentive 
Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Amendment 2 to the Stock Building Supply 
Holdings, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission on July 29, 2013 
in Commission File No. 333-189368) 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Pursuant to the Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. 2013 Incentive 
Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Amendment 2 to the Stock Building Supply 
Holdings, Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended, filed with the Commission on July 29, 2013 
in Commission File No. 333-189368) 

List of subsidiaries of Stock Building Supply Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the 
Stock  Building  Supply  Holdings,  Inc.  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1,  as  amended,  filed  with  the 
Commission on June 14, 2013 in Commission File No. 333-189368) 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page) 

Certification by Jeffrey G. Rea, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14, 
as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification by James F. Major, Jr., Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, pursuant 
to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002 

101.INS* 

XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH* 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL* 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF* 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB* 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE* 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

* XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes 
of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date: March 3, 2014 

By:  /s/ James F. Major, Jr. 

STOCK BUILDING SUPPLY HOLDINGS, INC. 

Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer 
and Treasurer 

(Principal  financial  and  accounting  officer  and  duly 
authorized officer) 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jeffrey G. Rea and Bryan J. Yeazel and each of them singly, 
his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place 
and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with 
all  exhibits  thereto  and  all  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the  SEC,  granting  unto  each  said  attorney-in-fact  and 
agents  full  power  and  authority  to  do  and  perform  each  and  every  act  in  person,  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said 
attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue 
hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by 
the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive 
officer) 

Date 

March 3, 2014 

/s/ Jeffrey G. Rea 

Jeffrey G. Rea 

/s/ James F. Major, Jr. 

James F. Major, Jr. 

/s/ Timothy P. Meyer 

Timothy P. Meyer 

/s/ Andrew Freedman 

Andrew Freedman 

/s/ Barry J. Goldstein 

Barry J. Goldstein 

/s/ Robert E. Mellor 

Robert E. Mellor 

/s/ Steve C. Yager 

Steven C. Yager 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and 
Treasurer (principal financial and accounting officer) 

March 3, 2014 

March 3, 2014 

March 3, 2014 

March 3, 2014 

March 3, 2014 

March 3, 2014 

Director and Chairman of the Board 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and Shareholder Information

MAIN BRANCH 
8020 Arco Corporate Drive
Suite 400
Raleigh, North Carolina 27617
919-431-1000

CORPORATE WEBSITE
www.stocksupply.com

ANNUAL SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING
Wednesday, May 21, 2014 at 9:00 a.m. ET
Doubletree by Hilton Hotel
4810 Page Creek Lane
Durham, North Carolina 27703

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING
The Company’s common stock is listed on  
the NASDAQ Stock Exchange
Ticker symbol:  STCK

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
Computershare 
P.O. Box 30170
College Station, TX 77842-3170
877-373-6374
www.computershare.com/investor 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Raleigh, North Carolina

INVESTOR RELATIONS
Shareholders, Investors and Security Analysts are  
invited to contact:
Mark Necaise, Director, Investor Relations
919-431-1021
mark.necaise@stocksupply.com

FINANCIAL INFORMATION
For financial reports, filings with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (including Form 10-K), news releases and other 
investor information, please visit our investor website at:
ir.stocksupply.com

EXECUTIVE TEAM
Jeffrey G. Rea 
President and Chief Executive Officer

Lisa M. Hamblet
Executive Vice President, eBusiness 

James F. Major, Jr.   
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Bryan J. Yeazel 
Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer,  
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Andrew Freedman 2, 3
Chairman of the Board
Managing Director, Operations, The Gores Group

Jeffrey G. Rea 3
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director 

Steven G. Eisner 2, *3
Director
Managing Director, Fund General Counsel and  
Chief Compliance Officer, The Gores Group

Barry J. Goldstein *1, 3
Director
Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,  
Office Depot Inc.

David L. Keltner 1
Director
Chief Financial Officer, Ferguson Enterprises Inc.

Robert E. Mellor 1, *2
Director 
Former Chief Executive Officer,  
Building Materials Holding Corporation

Joseph P. Page
Director
Chief Operating Officer, The Gores Group

Steven C. Yager
Director 
Senior Managing Director and President M&A,  
The Gores Group

1  Audit Committee
2  Compensation Committee
3  Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee
*  Committee Chair